Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Department Stores / Marks and Spencer Group PLC

Marks and Spencer Group PLC

maksf · OTC Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker maksf
Exchange OTC
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Department Stores
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2007 Annual Report · Marks and Spencer Group PLC
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
M
a
r
k
s

a
n
d
S
p
e
n
c
e
r

G
r
o
u
p

p
c

l

A
n
n
u
a

l

r
e
p
o
r
t

a
n
d

f
i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

2
0
0
7

www.marksandspencer.com

Annual report 
and financial 
statements 
2007

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We are one of the UK’s leading retailers, with over
15.8 million people visiting our stores each week.

We offer stylish, high quality, great value clothing and home products, and outstanding quality 
foods, all responsibly sourced from suppliers we trust. We employ over 75,000 people and have 
520 UK stores, as well as an expanding international business.

Clothing & Home

Food

International

UK sales (exc. VAT) £4,002.8m (+9.6%)

UK sales (exc. VAT) £3,974.7m (+9.7%)

Sales (exc. VAT) £610.6m (+16.8%)

We are the UK’s largest clothing retailer
with a market share of 11.1% (source:
TNS Worldpanel) and sales accounting
for 44.8% of our UK business. In
womenswear we expanded our
‘Autograph’ range and the fast fashion
choice in ‘Limited Collection’; in
menswear, ‘Blue Harbour’ remains the
UK’s biggest men’s casualwear brand;
we grew our lingerie market share to
26.1%, offering clearly defined brands;
and in childrenswear we reversed our
poor performance with stronger ranges.
Home, representing 5.4% of our UK
business, has had two years of strong
growth helped by outstanding value
and strong demand in furniture.

Food accounts for 49.8% of our UK
business and we have a market share
of 4.3% (source: TNS Worldpanel). In
2006/07, we launched a range of 120
‘Nutritionally Balanced’ ready meals
which are free from artificial colours,
flavours and hydrogenated fats and
follow government salt, fat and sugar
guidelines. ‘Eat Well’ accounts for
around 30% of food sales and some
1,300 products. Simply Food grew from
144 stores to 205 across the UK,
including franchise stores in BP
Connect forecourts, motorway service
stations, railway stations and airports.

Our international business accounts for
7.1% of Group turnover and has grown
to 219 franchise stores in 34 territories
worldwide as well as eight wholly-
owned stores in Hong Kong and 13 in
the Republic of Ireland. During the year,
we entered four new territories and
opened 36 new stores including our
largest ever franchise store in Dubai at
52,000 sq ft. In May 2007, we opened
our first store in Taiwan under a joint
venture with President Chain Store
Corporation.

read more on pages 12-15 >>

read more on pages 16-19 >>

read more on page 24 >>

WHAT’S INSIDE...

02 2007 performance 
03 Chairman’s foreword
04 Executive team
06 Chief Executive’s 

business review
08 Our marketplace
09 Our brand
10 Plan A
12 Product – Clothing and home
16 Product – Food
20 Service
20 Our people 
20 Our customers
22 Environment
24 International
25 Online
26 Looking ahead

27 Your Board
28 Financial review
31 Group Director’s report
35 Corporate governance

statement

44 Remuneration report
51 Auditors’ report
52 Consolidated income statement
52 Consolidated statement 

of recognised income 
and expense

53 Consolidated balance sheet
54 Consolidated cash flow

information

55 Notes to the financial

statements

90 Company income statement

90 Company balance sheet
91 Company statement of changes

in shareholders’ equity

91 Company cash flow statement
92 Company notes to the financial

statements

94 Group financial record
97 UK store portfolio
98 Shareholder information
100 Glossary
101 Index

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

1

Our plan

We’ve achieved a lot in the last three years. We are now building on
that progress through a relentless focus on our core business, while
also laying the foundations for future growth. Our aim is to become a
more customer-focused, faster moving and flexible business, offering 
a wide choice of quality goods and services.

Everything we do has one key goal: building a sustainable business 
for the long term, generating shareholder value through consistent,
profitable growth while making sure that our customers can always trust
us to do the right thing.

We will do this by continuing to focus on Product, Service and
Environment: offering great products, in great looking stores with great
customer service.

In addition, we have begun to pursue new routes to growth through the
acquisition of new space; new food formats; new product areas such
as home technology; our new website and international expansion.

And we continue to manage our impact on society and the environment
with great care, through our ‘eco plan’, Plan A.

We believe this will all make M&S a better business. We’ve a long way
to go before we are truly a world-class retailer again, but we are on 
the right track.

Product

Service

Environment

We aim to provide a wide 
choice of great value, quality
food, clothing and home
products, which are all sourced
and made responsibly.

We have been investing in our
people to ensure that we meet
our customers’ expectations 
of consistently great service, 
no matter when or where 
they visit us.

We are opening new stores 
and modernising our existing
portfolio to ensure we provide 
an exciting shopping 
experience in the right place, 
in the right space.

continued on page 12 >>

continued on page 20 >>

continued on page 22 >>

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

i

l

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
2

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

2007 performance

Group revenue

Group operating profit 

Group profit before tax (£m)

£m

2004/05

2005/06

2006/07

£m

(cid:2) UK Retail
7,034.7
(cid:2) International Retail 455.8
7,490.5

Total

7,275.0
522.7
7,797.7

7,977.5
610.6
8,588.1

(cid:2) UK Retail
(cid:2) International Retail

Total

2004/05

588.4
60.7
649.1

2005/06

790.1
65.7
855.8

2006/07

956.5
87.5
1,044.0

965.2

751.4

556.1

2004/05 2005/06 2006/07

2004/05 2005/06 2006/07

2004/05 2005/06 2006/07

Earnings per share (p)

Group gross margin

Net cash generated (£m)

40.4

31.4

19.2

38.9%

2005/06: 38.3%

2004/05: 34.7%

2004/05 2005/06 2006/07

Fixed charge cover
This is an indication of the Group’s ability
to pay its interest and rental obligations.

Average weekly footfall
The number of people visiting our 
stores increased by an average of 
500,000 each week.

5.9 times

2005/06: 4.9 times

2004/05: 4.1 times

15.8m

15.3m

14.9m

2004/05 2005/06 2006/07

The profit measures above are from continuing operations and stated before property disposals and exceptional items.

KPI = Key Performance Indicator

550.5

231.1

(104.5)

2004/05 2005/06 2006/07

CO2 emissions
The figures below are estimates of
the carbon emissions from our UK
and Irish stores and offices, delivery
vehicles and business travel. From
next year these figures will also
include the carbon produced by 
our warehouses and refrigeration 
gas leakage.

296,000 
tonnes

2005/06: 404,000 tonnes

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

3

2006/07 was a good 
year for M&S with strong
growth across the
business. Our challenge
is to sustain this
performance in the face
of fierce competition and
fast-changing consumer
trends.

Your dividend

18.3p

Total dividend

6.3p

Half year dividend

12.0p

Final dividend

Chairman’s foreword

Last year, in my first year as your Chairman, we made good progress and
were able to begin to talk realistically about recovery. But we know this is
just the start and no-one underestimates the effort now needed to achieve
sustainable growth in a highly competitive retail sector.

Stuart and his team remain focused on getting the basics right as they look
to expand the business. That means remaining true to our values – quality,
value, service, innovation and trust – and constantly improving product,
service and our stores, whilst controlling costs. This attention to detail lies
behind our much improved results in 2006/07, our higher share price and 
a 28.7% increase in earnings per share to 40.4p (last year 31.4p). On the
strength of these results, we propose a record final dividend of 12.0p, up 30.4%.

Our new funding arrangement for the defined benefit pension scheme deficit
uses part of our property portfolio to secure payments over the next 15
years. This has put an already good scheme on a sustainable, safer footing,
balancing the interests of pension scheme members and investors.

Plan A, our ‘eco plan’, illustrates a different kind of sustainability and builds
directly on our strengths as an ethical company. In keeping with Plan A, this
report is produced by carbon neutral printers on 100% recycled paper. At
the Annual General Meeting (AGM), we are proposing that we use our
website as the main way to communicate with shareholders, sending out
reports only to those who tell us they want a paper copy.

Good governance remains a priority. We have a Board with the right blend of
skills to support and challenge the executive team. Martha Lane Fox joined
as a non-executive director on 1 June 2007, bringing considerable business
experience as well as knowledge of the online sector. Jack Keenan is retiring
after the AGM. I would like to thank him for his contribution to M&S during
the past six years. The executive management changes, which Stuart
describes in his review, provide us with an effective structure to take us 
onto the next stage of our growth.

Our remuneration policy – set out on page 44 – is closely tied to shareholder
interests. The way we reward our executive team for their leadership is
primarily focused on long-term growth in earnings. We believe in sharing the
benefits of success widely and, once again, have awarded all staff a bonus
to thank them for their hard work.

The prospects for M&S are good. We are well placed to meet the challenges
we face and achieve our goal of long-term growth.

Thank you for your continued support. I look forward to seeing many of you
at our AGM on the 10 July at Earls Court in London.

Lord Burns
Chairman

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

l

i

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
4

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

In the past 12 months, we have made important
management changes, promoting existing talent and
bringing in new people to ensure that we are set up for
the next phase of our growth. We now have the right skills
in place to further improve our products, stores and
service, as well as pursue new opportunities.

executive team

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

5

1. Simon Ratcliffe
Director of GM Logistics

2. Dominic Morrey
Commercial Director, 
Food Division

3. Jim Waller
Commercial Director, 
Food Division

4. Darrell Stein
Director of IT

5. Tony Quinlan
Director of Financial Control 

6. Jude Bridge
Marketing Communications
Director

7. Keith Cameron
Director of Human Resources

8. Andrew Skinner
Director of General
Merchandise Planning 
& Supply Chain 

9. Guy Farrant
Director of Retail

10. Kate Bostock
Director of Womenswear,
Girlswear & Lingerie

11. Steven Sharp
Executive Director, Marketing

12. Stuart Rose
Chief Executive

13. Ian Dyson
Group Finance Director

14. George Davies
Chairman of per una

15. David Gregory
Technical Director, 
Food Division

16. Richard Gillies
Director of Store Design,
Development & Procurement 

17. Glen Tinton
Director of Sourcing

18. Flic Howard-Allen
Director of Communications 
& CSR

19. Melanie Davies
Joint Business Unit Director,
per una

20. Stuart McIvor
Director of Far East
Procurement

21. Matthew Hudson
Director of Trading for
Womenswear, Lingerie 
& Girlswear

22. John Dixon
Director of M&S Direct

23. Emma Trayner
Joint Business Unit Director,
per una

24. Julian Kilmartin
Director of Menswear

25. Steve Rowe
Director of Home & Beauty 

26. Nayna McIntosh
Director of UK Store
Presentation

27. Clem Constantine
Director of Property

28. Richard Wolff
Director of International
Business

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

18

19

21

23

24

26 27

28

9

17

20

22

25

Steven Esom
Director of Food 
(joined 1 June 2007)

Carl Leaver
Director of International
Business 
(joined 14 May 2007)

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

l

i

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
6

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

The plan to return M&S to growth has remained the same
over the last three years. This paid off in 2006/07 with
strong results across the business. Our job now is to
consolidate this progress as we move towards achieving
growth for the long term. We’re confident we can do this,
but the year ahead is undoubtedly a critical one for us.

Chief Executive’s

business review
10.1%

GROUP SALES BREAKDOWN

Increase in sales

41.6%

2006/07

2004/05

2005/06

7.1%

£000

Clothing
Home
Food
International
Total

3,270.8
377.6
3,386.3
455.8
7,490.5

3,269.8
382.0
3,623.2
522.7
7,797.7

3,570.9
431.9
3,974.7
610.6
8,588.1

Increase in pre-tax profits

46.3%

28.5%

Increase in earnings 
per share

28.7%

5%

MARKETSHARE (VALUE)

Clothing & footwear

Food

10.6%

10.4%

11.1%

4.3%

4.1%

3.1%

2004/05

2005/06

2006/07

2004/05

2005/06

2006/07

(Source: TNS Worldpanel Fashion)

(Source: TNS Worldpanel, Food & Drink)

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

7

Since the summer of 2004, M&S has gone from being 
a retailer struggling to hold its own to one that, last 
year, was once again setting the pace in a fiercely
competitive market.

We’ve achieved that change by following a simple, but rigorous
plan. It has been about getting three basic elements right – 
our products, the service we offer our customers, and the look
and feel of our stores.

This will remain our focus as we continue to drive further
improvements in the core business. At the same time, we have
begun to look at new opportunities for growth.

M&S has always done best when it has stuck closely to its
traditional values – quality, value, service, innovation and trust.
They capture just what our customers look to us for – high
quality, great value products, sourced and made responsibly
and sold through stores which are enjoyable to shop in and
which offer excellent customer service.

We are in no way complacent about the results we have
achieved to date. We know that we still have much to do. 

Performance
Our results last year show that we have made real progress. 
UK sales rose by 9.7% to £7.98bn (last year £7.27bn). Food
sales grew by 9.7%. General merchandise grew by 9.6% with
clothing up 9.2% and home up 13.1%. Group operating margins
grew to 12.2%, up from 11.0% last year. Group profit before tax
rose by 28.5% to £965.2m (last year £751.4m).

These results were achieved in a challenging economic
environment, where interest rate rises, higher household bills
and personal debt were beginning to dent consumer
confidence.

Competition is fierce, with retailers constantly looking to
improve their offer, while also extending their reach through
aggressive growth of their store portfolios.

Customers are ever more demanding and informed. They want us
to provide great value with no compromise on quality or innovation.
Increasingly, they also want to know that we are doing this
responsibly, addressing key ethical and environmental issues.

Against this backdrop our results were all the more
encouraging. We were one of the few retailers to experience
strong growth in market share during the year.

We saw increases in market share, both by value and volume,
in all categories during the year. Our share of the UK clothing
and footwear market went up from 10.4% to 11.1% and in food
our share ended the year on a new high of 4.3%, up from 4.1%.

On average, we had 15.8 million visitors to our stores each
week and we successfully encouraged shoppers to buy more
each time they visited.

Our TV, newspaper and billboard advertising campaigns are
allowing us to project our brand, one of our most valuable
assets, with much greater impact. The key to good marketing is

Stuart Rose

CREATING SHAREHOLDER VALUE

Adjusted earnings per
share (EPS)

Total shareholder
return (TSR)*

1
.
5
0
2
£

40.4p

31.4p

19.2p

4
.
4
6
1
£

6
.
9
2
1
£

7
.
1
4
1
£

3
.
3
0
1
£

5
.
8
9
£

2004/05

2005/06

2006/07

2004/05

2005/06

2006/07

(cid:2) FTSE100 (£) (cid:2) M&S (£)

* TSR is the value of £100 invested in M&S shares on 30 March 2002
compared to £100 invested in the FTSE 100 over the same period. 

Share price performance

May
06

Jun
06

Jul
06

Aug
06

Sep
06

Oct
06

Nov
06

Dec
06

Jan
06

Feb
06

Mar
07

Apr
07

May
07

(cid:2) Marks & Spencer (cid:2) FTSE 100 (cid:2) General Retailers

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

i

l

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
8

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

OUR MARKETPLACE

Interest rate rises and higher bills have begun to dent consumer confidence. But this has not
yet changed spending habits, which are being fuelled by increasing levels of debt.

Last year, the retail market continued 
to grow. However, the proportion of
disposable income spent in shops
shrank, as people chose to spend 
more on leisure and other activities.

Traditional high streets remained under
pressure. Out-of-town shopping centres
became more dominant; online and
television shopping were firmly established
as mainstream shopping channels; while
mail order firms offered branded goods at
more competitive prices.

Moreover, the market remained intensely
competitive, with new entrants regularly
joining the fray and established players
steadily increasing their store space.

In the clothing market, a modest increase
in total sales value was dwarfed by a
large increase in volume, as consumers
bought more lower-priced products. In
spring 2007, this was further influenced
by consumers buying into a multitude of
looks in the absence of one dominant
fashion trend.

Retailers converged in the middle ground,
with value retailers adding higher-priced
ranges, and mid-market players
expanding their value ranges. 

At the same time customers have
become less loyal and more savvy, willing
to shop anywhere and everywhere to
compare price and quality.

More retailers entered the fragmented
homeware market in the past year.
Consumers, meanwhile, looked for low
prices as they regularly freshened up
their homes with soft furnishings in
fashionable colours and styles.

Shoppers were happy to spend on
technology, from flat-screen televisions 
to MP3 players, upgrading to the latest
version. The supermarkets increased their
offer to meet this demand, making this
market more price sensitive.

Growth in food remained strong, with 
the big food retailers benefiting at the
expense of smaller chains and
independents.

Consumers have become much more
conscious of food quality, trading up to
premium ranges. Increasingly, purchasing
decisions are swayed by such things as
provenance, with demand for fairly traded
and organic goods – from ready-prepared
jams and pies, to basics such as milk –
increasing rapidly.

Cooking a meal from scratch became
popular again, along with a renewed
emphasis on fresh food, with consumers
shopping more often in more stores.
Healthy eating continued to grow in
importance, but people still treated
themselves to the occasional indulgence.

In the year to come, the expected
slowdown in property prices will further
impact consumer confidence, whilst
competition will increase. Convenience,
quality, service and choice will remain key
– in stores and online.

Sources: BRC/KPMG; Mintel

great product. Now that we have better products, we are using
advertising to drive sales with greater confidence. This year, we
extended our television advertising into childrenswear for the
first time.

2006/07 saw us invest heavily in modernising our stores. 35%
of the portfolio was modernised by Christmas 2006 – from big
stores such as Cribbs Causeway and Manchester to small high
street stores in Crewe and Clapham. We have a target to
complete 70% of the portfolio by the end of 2007.

This is a big programme. But it is being managed with minimal
disruption to customers and our overall performance. Feedback
from customers is good and sales performance at the new
stores is encouraging.

We want to offer a convenient, exciting and modern shopping
experience. However, our new stores will only thrive if we keep
getting our products and service right.

As well as improving the look and feel of our stores, we have
invested in our people, increasing the number of customer
assistants and the amount of time they spend helping
customers. Our work on reward, training and career paths 
is helping us recruit and retain the best people.

The website, www.marksandspencer.com, performed well,
reaching sales of over £100m for the first time. We know that
online is a big opportunity for us and, in March 2007, we
launched our new website – the first step in building our multi-
channel offer.

Our international business also performed well. We have built 
a strong franchise operation and now have 219 stores in 34
territories. Turnover, including our eight wholly-owned stores in
Hong Kong and 13 in the Republic of Ireland, rose 16.8% to
£610.6m (last year £522.7m) while operating profits rose 33.2%
to £87.5m (last year £65.7m).

M&S Money is benefiting from our partnership with HSBC, with
our share of profits more than doubling from £9.6m to £19.5m.
Over three million people now use the &More credit card, re-
launched during the year, and we have over 100 Bureaux de
Change at our stores serving 3.8 million customers. We
expanded the range of financial products, which now includes
home and car insurance and a new ethical investment fund. 

In the pages that follow I will expand on how each element of
the business performed in more detail and look at some of the
main opportunities and challenges we see coming up in the
year ahead.

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

9

OUR BRAND

The public has an affinity with M&S which, arguably, it has
with few others. They have grown up with M&S and feel
they ‘own’ it. The award-winning ‘Your M&S’ tag continues
to recognise this and unify the brand.

During the year, we continued to focus
on fewer, bigger impact campaigns and
to use mass-appeal, traditional
communication channels, like television,
to bring clarity and authority to our
messages.

We freshened our womenswear and
lingerie formula, introducing Lizzie
Jagger to appeal to younger audiences.
In March 2007, Myleene Klass joined
the girls outside for a fashion picnic in
the park.

In menswear, rock-star turned
photographer Bryan Adams captured
our ‘Autograph’ offer; while our first
childrenswear television ad drove up
sales faster than any previous
campaign. In our home department we
developed our catalogues, in-store
décor and website offer further.

‘Not just food…’ advertising continued
to give a strong visual taste of our high
quality products, such as our organic
nut-free Easter eggs.

For the important festive season, we ran
a feature-length ad, with Shirley Bassey,
capturing the special quality we bring to
Christmas.

‘Look behind the label’ and Plan A
responded to customers’ desire to
better understand our approach to
environmental and ethical issues.

But it’s not just about advertising. Better
product, better looking stores, investment
in customer service and a new website
have been critical in encouraging
people to reassess our brand.

The positive net effect of our marketing
mix continues to build: footfall is
growing ahead of the market and brand
momentum is the highest it has ever
been and the M&S brand grew by 192%
during the year to a value of £4.75bn,
making it the fastest growing top 100
global brand (Millward Brown). Our
challenge is to maintain this by keeping
our brand fresh.

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

Exploring new opportunities
2007/08 will be critical as we seek to put the business on 
the path to solid and sustainable growth, consolidating on 
our progress to date, whilst also building the foundations for
future growth.

Our plan to focus on product, service and environment will
remain front of mind – we can’t afford to take our foot off 
the accelerator.

Our other challenge in the months ahead is also to pursue new
product opportunities in our stores and online to encourage our
existing customers to spend more with us.

We will do more of what we do already, but at greater pace. For
instance, this year we will open more Simply Food stores than
ever before, working towards our aim to have more than 400, 
in addition to selling our food in BP Connect service stations
under the Simply Food banner in up to 200 locations within 
five years.

Our property review, outlined in November, means that over the
next five years we will expand our overall space by 15-20%,
with new or extended stores out of town, on Retail Parks and in
city centres. The objective is to be in the right place with the
right space for tomorrow’s customers. We are reviewing our
high street stores to make sure we are properly represented in
well-located sites where customers most want to shop.

Our new website, developed in partnership with Amazon and
launched in March 2007, makes us a truly multi-channel
operation, allowing us to offer customers greater choice and
convenience. With the right technology in place attached to a
much better service offer, we believe we can increase our sales
through this channel five-fold in the next five years.

We have tested new product and service offers too, such as
home technology, new formats for men’s shoes, and new eating
offers, such as our ‘eat over delicatessens’, all of which we are
now trialling more widely. This year, we will also trial a new
layout for women’s shoes and for childrenswear.

We will develop our overseas business at a faster pace. We
have teams exploring opportunities both in markets where we
already perform well and in new locations, as I describe in more
detail on page 24.

The continued tight control of our costs and stock levels
remains an important priority. But we are prepared to invest
heavily, as we have with the modernisation of our stores, in
areas where we see real opportunities for long-term growth 
and investment returns.

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

l

i

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
10

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

Management team
We have made some important changes to the leadership of
M&S in the last 12 months to prepare us for the next phase of
growth.

In the autumn, we brought supply chain, sourcing and planning
for our clothing and home businesses together under one director,
Andrew Skinner, in order to get our supply chain fit for the future.
Julian Kilmartin replaced Andrew as our Director of Menswear.

In addition, we have emphasised the importance of e-commerce
and the new director for this area, John Dixon, now reports
directly to me. 

We reinforced the strength of the team in April 2007, with two
new appointments and the promotion of key talent.

Steven Esom joined as Director of Food on 1 June 2007 from
Waitrose, where he was Managing Director. Guy Farrant, our
previous Director of Food, was appointed Director of Retail,
replacing Anthony Thompson who has left the business.

Carl Leaver joined on 14 May 2007 as our Director of
International Business and reports to me. He was previously
CEO of De Vere Group plc and will replace Richard Wolff, who
retires later in the year after 36 years with the Company. 

Kate Bostock, Director of Womenswear and Girlswear takes 
on additional responsibility for lingerie, helping us to ensure a
co-ordinated offer for all of our ranges for women. Matt Hudson,
our previous Director of Lingerie became Director of Trading for
the new, enlarged womenswear, lingerie and girlswear group.

Responsibility for our ongoing store modernisation programme
passed to Ian Dyson, our Group Finance Director, to allow
Steven Sharp to focus on the next generation of store design,
alongside his responsibilities for marketing and M&S Money.

The Executive Committee, which oversees the day-to-day
running of the business, was extended and now includes Kate
Bostock, Steven Esom, Guy Farrant, Andrew Skinner and Carl
Leaver, in addition to the executive board directors.

This executive team in turn forms part of a wider Directors’ Group,
which you can see on pages four and five of this report,
including three new food director roles created in April 2007.

This structure retains the fast decision making which has been
critical in recent years, whilst also ensuring that we have a
joined-up approach to our customer offer.

Plan A
In any company, the temptation can be to focus too narrowly
on short-term business performance. Responsible companies
have to look to the long term. 

CLIMATE CHANGE

55,000

All our Simply Food stores, 
our stores in Scotland and our
London head office are now
powered by ‘renewable’ green
energy – saving 55,000 tonnes 
of CO2 every year.

PLAN A
Plan A is our five-year, 100-point plan to tackle some of the
biggest challenges facing our business and our world.

Climate Change We aim to make our UK and Republic 
of Ireland operations carbon neutral in five years. We will
minimise energy use, maximise the use of renewables and
offset only as a last resort. 

Waste We’ll reduce packaging by 25%, find new ways to
recycle and stop sending waste to landfill from our stores,
offices and warehouses.

Sustainable Raw Materials From fish to forests, our goal
is to make sure our key raw materials come from the most
sustainable sources available.

Fair Partner By being a fair partner, we’ll help improve the
lives of hundreds of thousands of people in our worldwide
supply chain and local communities.

Health We’ll help customers and employees choose
healthier lifestyles through healthy food ranges and 
clear labelling.

To find out more visit www.marksandspencer.com/PlanA

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

11

We set ourselves very high quality and ethical standards. 
Last year, we used our ‘Look behind the label’ campaign to
describe the lengths we go to to ensure everything we sell is
produced responsibly.

But customers and staff wanted to understand our overall
approach and our plan for the future.

The result was Plan A, our five-year, £200m ‘eco plan’ launched
in January 2007.

We’ve made 100 commitments across the five areas, including
becoming carbon neutral, sending no waste to landfill, cutting
our packaging by a quarter and only using fish and wood from
sustainable sources. As well as addressing the wider issues, 
we continue to work closely with local communities through 
our ‘Marks & Start’ work experience programme, for example.

All of these commitments are described in our ‘How we 
do business’ report, published alongside this document at
www.marksandspencer.com/howwedobusinessreport2007.
Each year we will report on how far we have got in 
achieving them.

To make sure Plan A is a success it is being completely
integrated into our day-to-day operations. It will change how we
operate forever.

The impact will be felt widely. We are taking action across
35,000 product lines, involving more than 2,000 factories,
10,000 farms and 250,000 workers around the world. We will
also involve customers and co-operate with governments,
environmental agencies and like-minded organisations.

One of our aims is to help customers and employees live
healthier and more sustainable lives. We’ve trained 1,500
assistants to give our customers advice on nutrition and we
continued to expand our ‘Eat Well’ ranges. Later this year, we 
will start selling ‘green home’ products from energy-saving 
light bulbs to composters. As well as committing to reduce 
the amount of food we import by air, we have also started to
introduce an aeroplane symbol on ‘flown’ food. And we’ll be
making it easier for customers to recycle our packaging.

Plan A is deliberately ambitious. We don’t have all the answers
yet. But responsible retailing has always been at the heart of
our approach, so we have a strong starting point.

I’m convinced we have no alternative but to make Plan A work.
Doing nothing is not an option. Businesses can no longer
ignore the challenges facing the world.

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

SUSTAINABLE RAW MATERIALS

Over 90% of our new collection of
timber garden furniture will be Forest
Stewardship Council (FSC) certified. 
By 2012 all of our products that 
are made using wood will carry FSC
certification so that our customers 
can be confident that our products
meet independent environmental
management standards which aim 
to protect our forests.

HEALTH

WASTE

FAIR PARTNER

1,500

We now have 1,500 trained
Healthy Eating Assistants in our
stores to advise our customers
on healthy options. We will train
all our food hall teams in
nutrition within three years. 

100%

Almost all the carrier bags we use in
our clothing and home departments
are now made from 100% recycled
material. Our ‘Bag for Life’, which has
been reduced in price from 15p to 10p,
is also 100% recycled. 

We are committed to helping
disadvantaged groups like the disabled
and homeless get into jobs via work
placements in our stores and supplier
factories. Since it launched in 2004,
over 9,000 people have taken part in
our ‘Marks & Start’ programme. This
work was recognised in March 2007
when we won the Prince’s Trust
Partnership & Innovation Award.

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

l

i

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
12

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

INNOVATION

Our technologists work closely
with suppliers to introduce new,
innovative products, which have
real practical benefits for our
customers.

This year, we launched our
exclusive men’s ‘Stormwear’
range which is made with an
innovative water and stain
repellent, breathable fabric
originally developed for 
the military. 

Initially applied to some of our
men’s jeans, we plan to introduce
more ‘Stormwear’ products for
both adults and children.

We also developed a new fleece
made from recycling plastic bottles
into polyester, instead of using
oil. We will be using 4.5 million

plastic bottles this year to make
fleeces for sale in-store and for 
a store uniform trial.

During the year, we also extended
our use of innovative materials
that we introduced in 2005/06.
This included Insolia shoes, which
work by moving weight back 
to your heel for better body
alignment and balance, keeping
legs comfortable.

We also used ‘Real Cool Cotton’,
a trademark fabric that was
initially introduced into men’s
undergarments and helps to
keep you cool, in new categories
including adult t-shirts and 
baby sleepsuits.

In hosiery, we now sell ladder-
resistant tights and hold-ups 

as fine as seven denier from
£3.50. The fabric is made from
revolutionary new yarns, which
join to form thousands of
invisible mini-joints. This means
that should a yarn break, rather
than creating an unsightly ladder,
the fabric forms a discreet hole.
This hosiery also has a reinforced
toe and added stretch.

In womenswear, we built on the
success of ‘Magicwear’, which
we had introduced in lingerie to
provide invisible shape and
support. 

We applied this shaping
technology to the ‘Magic Dress’
– as worn by Shirley Bassey in
our Christmas TV adverts – and
are now offering ‘Magic Jeans’.

product

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

13

We said last year that our main aim was to provide great
quality, responsibly sourced clothing and home products in
our stores at the right time, the right price and in the right
quantities.

Womenswear, menswear, lingerie, childrenswear and home all
recorded strong growth in sales and market share as we also
brought in more choice and translated trends more quickly into
really wearable fashion, or stylish ranges for your home.

But customers expect us to do more. Relentless competition
from high street value retailers, supermarkets and established
rivals means we cannot be complacent. We need to keep
getting the basics right if we are to retain the support of
customers and keep improving our performance.

Performance
Our growth last year shows what we are capable of.
Womenswear executed its ‘every woman, every time’ strategy
with skill with marketshare increasing from 10.5% to 11.3%.
Key looks such as slim trousers, leggings, tunics, knitted
jumpers and jersey t-shirts proved successful and our new
denim shops traded well in a tricky market. Formal clothes
prospered – our £50 polyester and linen mix suit remained a
top seller – offsetting slower demand for casual trousers and
some leisure wear. ‘Limited Collection’ was well-received by
younger, more fashion-conscious shoppers. 

‘Per una’ continued to grow strongly in the year, with sales of
£423.5m, as it celebrated its fifth birthday with strong ranges from
‘Collezione Italia’ fashion flair to stylish eveningwear and a re-
launched jeans collection. 

Footwear also performed well, with improved choice and quality
– from £9.50 pumps to leather-lined ‘Autograph’ shoes. In
2007/08, we will be trialling a new women’s footwear layout to
make this enhanced offer easier to shop.

Menswear saw growth across the board from casual clothing to
tailoring and its share of the market grew from 9.6% to 10.3%.
Our shoe ranges benefited from new serviced shoe shops,
which will be rolled out to 30 modernised stores. Our three
menswear sub-brands also performed well. ‘Autograph’ was
the main engine for growth, ‘Blue Harbour’ remains the UK’s
biggest men’s casualwear brand and ‘Collezione’ continues to
be popular with men looking for classic European style. ‘Blue
Harbour Vintage’ performed less well and this more casual look
will be gradually absorbed into ‘Blue Harbour’. In suiting, deals
to provide suits for the England teams for the European football
championships and the Rugby World Cup are a great vote of
confidence in the quality of our tailoring.

In lingerie, offering more clearly defined brands helped us re-
establish our fashion credentials, provide real choice and boost
sales. ‘Ceriso’ and ‘per una’ are attracting younger customers
while ‘Adored’ continues to offer pretty femininity and ‘Truly
You’, sophisticated glamour. ‘Body’ remains popular with those
looking for simple style, while the introduction of the ‘Autograph’
has helped to highlight the great quality at the top of our price
range. We also remained the place women go to first for

SOURCING AND SUPPLY CHAIN

It is 20 months since we opened our network of
sourcing offices: Hong Kong and Shanghai – which
opened in September 2006 – covering China and the
Far East; Bangalore, Colombo and Dhaka covering
South East Asia; and the Turkish office in Istanbul
focusing on Eastern Europe and North Africa. 

With a staff of around 200, the offices have co-
ordinated the direct buying, production and
transportation of over 129 million items in 8,000 styles.

These offices are our eyes and ears on the ground,
helping us to operate more efficiently, such as
getting new fast fashion ranges from the drawing
board into stores in eight weeks. They also play a
key role in monitoring our suppliers’ labour
standards. Last year, 677 independent visits to
supplier factories were carried out to make sure they
were meeting our ethical standards on issues such
as fair pay and working conditions.

Our overseas offices also help us to find new
suppliers who we can work with directly to produce
great value products for our customers. In 2006/07,
we bought 28% of our clothing and home products
directly (last year 21%). Full Service Vendors still
account for the large majority of our supply and
remain key supplier partners, helping us to maintain
our record on innovation.

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

i

l

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
14

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

essential items like everyday bras, single knickers and hosiery,
thanks to competitive pricing and excellent quality. Clear
segmentation and choice enabled us to increase our market
share, despite intense competition, from 24.3% to 26.1%,
nearly five times the share held by our nearest competitor.
Maintaining this dominant position will be the challenge this year.

In children’s clothing we reversed the weak performance of
recent years and made our first market share improvement for
six years, up from 4.2% to 4.5%, introducing better product
from baby right through to young teenage girls and boys. Our
first television advertising campaign for childrenswear boosted
sales, as did a new trial store layout. We are pleased with the
progress this year, but we know we have a lot more to do here,
both in terms of product and availability.

Our home department is in its second year of strong growth,
helped by good demand for furniture and a clearer pricing
stretching from 50p glass tumblers and £5 large glass vases 
to our ‘Autograph’ extra large pure combed cotton bath towels
at £25. There’s potential to grow this business significantly. 
In furniture, our priority is to improve our deliveries to provide
even better levels of service.

Value
As the UK’s largest clothing retailer, we buy on a vast scale.
This means we can give customers a broad spread of prices 

to choose from without compromising on quality, innovation 
or ethical trading. 

We have been taking action on prices across clothing and
home for two years, with further progress made on improving
value across our ranges in 2006/07. Average prices fell by
around 3% over the year, while volumes increased by around
14%. Last year, items like women’s jogging trousers for £9.50,
one of our biggest selling lines; cosy, long fleece dressing
gowns at £17.50; our men’s £49.50 machine-washable suit;
and cooking sets from £9.50, set the pace on value. 

But we need to keep providing customers with new, great 
value products. In the year ahead, there will be more must-have
fashion items like leggings and printed jersey dresses in
womenswear, while in men’s we will continue to introduce
better opening prices on popular lines, as we have done with
our £5 polo-shirt. In lingerie and home, we’re extending the
choice of colours in key lines like the £6 bra and in basic towels
and bed linens. There’ll be more value items in childrenswear,
like our £2.50 girls’ t-shirts, as we continue our work to improve
our offer.

Choice
Our brands are helping us to introduce more clarity at higher
price brackets too. ‘Autograph’ – the brand we use across
womenswear, men’s, lingerie and home for contemporary
products at the top end of our price range – is a good example

VALUE

We offer customers a choice of high
quality products at prices that suit
them. For us, it’s a simple equation:
value = price x quality. We’re trying to
make the choices simpler. Take bed
linen. Customers can now choose our
opening price pillow cases at £2 each,
opt for our ‘Supima’ 100% soft cotton,
non-iron pillow cases at £4, or choose
‘Autograph’ Egyptian fine cotton ones
at £12 each. 

AWARDS

We won a number of important
awards during the year. These
included being named Business 
in the Community ‘Company of
the Year’ for the second time;
Best Fashion Retailer by the
RSPCA; and being given Grade A
status by Greenpeace for
sustainable wood sourcing. Both
Prima and Drapers voted us best
lingerie retailer. 

FAIR PARTNER

We’ve increased our use of ‘Fairtrade’
cotton from India and Africa, buying
around a third of the world’s current
supply. In ‘Fairtrade’ Fortnight in March
we offered an outfit for all the family,
including socks, t-shirts and jeans.
Next year we will sell over 20 million
‘Fairtrade’ garments, equating to 
around £100m of sales.

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

15

of this, offering affordable luxury from cashmere loungewear to
Timothy Everest suits.

We can give ‘Autograph’ more authority. Already worth 
£275m across clothing and home, we aim to double its value 
in the next three years. The launch of ‘Autograph Weekend’ –
smart-casual clothes for women – will help us achieve that.

‘Limited Collection’, like ‘Ceriso’ in lingerie, is attracting younger
customers. Along with girls’ ranges such as ‘Girls Boutique’, it 
is bought on an eight-week cycle from Turkey, to keep stores
fresh with up-to-the-minute trends. However, we have not
always offered new product frequently enough and we’re taking
action on this with a new three-weekly buying cycle and by
backing key trends in more depth.

Our much improved children’s ranges include organic cotton
babywear, trendier outfits for girls and plenty of popular
character t-shirts for boys. The enhanced childrenswear offer is
an important part of our efforts to provide great value clothing
for all the family. 

Greater fashion appeal is very important. But we haven’t
forgotten our customers who want classic style. We’ve extended
our ‘Classic Collection’ – which now spans sizes 8 to 24 – and
also introduced a new ‘Golf’ range of sport-styled casual
clothes for men and women.

It is vital that our core departments – like women’s formal
trousers and men’s shirts – remain easy to shop with good
availability. Our ‘Petite’ and ‘Plus’ ranges for women are helping
us meet the needs of a diverse customer base. The new
wedding range, which we launched in March with outfits for the
whole wedding party, and our extended maternity range have
both helped fill important gaps in our offer. We are extending
this work through our website, providing the widest range of
colours, styles and sizes.

We have also added to our home offer. Our technology shops,
which we introduced to 12 stores and online in September, 
and to our Croydon store after the year end, offer a carefully
selected range of branded goods from music systems to
microwaves, all with easy to follow instructions. Everything
comes with a two-year guarantee except for our large televisions,
which come with a five-year guarantee and free installation. 
We intend to add this offer to more stores during 2007/08.

Outlook
It’s encouraging to see how customers have responded to 
the changes we’ve made across our clothing and home
departments. But they have made it clear they expect us to
keep improving. With competition intensifying, we will be
working closely with our suppliers to do just that. 

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

FAIR PARTNER

We have supported the Breakthrough
Breast Cancer Campaign since 2001
and we are now its largest corporate
partner. We have raised over £6m 
in total, including £1.5m in 2006/07,
and helped to educate and inform
customers. In March, we supported 
the Prostate Cancer Charity, to raise
£90,000 funds and awareness for 
a disease which kills one man every
hour in the UK. 

CHOICE

We want every one of our
customers to find something
they love every time they visit,
whether that be the perfect
‘Autograph’ cashmere jumper or 
a trend-led item from ‘Limited
Collection’ or ‘per una’. We also
filled gaps with new offers such
as our range of bridal and
occasionwear with everything
from wedding dresses to morning
suits, launched in March 2007.

CLIMATE CHANGE

Later this year, we will introduce a new
‘green home’ department selling
products – like energy efficient
lightbulbs, hand-charged dynamo
torches and household composters –
to help people live greener lives as part
of our commitments under Plan A. As
we add to this exciting range, we’ll
look to sell bigger items through the
website.  

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

l

i

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
16

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

product

INNOVATION

Innovation in food is what sets
M&S apart from our competition
as we continue to develop new
products and new methods of
production. 

We introduced new, tastier fish
and meat products from unique
breeds that we developed with
our suppliers, such as our
‘Lochmuir Salmon’. 

Developed using similar
principles to our ‘Oakham
Chicken’, the salmon are kept in
large saltwater pens with lower
stock levels than recommended
industry standards.

The farms have been selected
for their lower environmental
impact and our high standards 
of fish care are recognised by the
RSPCA. Thanks to a specially
formulated feed, similar to the 

diet of wild salmon, one portion
of the salmon provides the
Government’s recommended
weekly allowance of Omega-3.

From September 2006 we
replaced all fresh farmed salmon
with ‘Lochmuir Salmon’. By
autumn 2007, all our chilled
salmon products will be made
with ‘Lochmuir Salmon’.

As part of our additive reduction
programme we were the first
major retailer to remove
hydrogenated fats, which have
been associated with the risk of
higher cholesterol levels, heart
disease and diabetes, from all
the food we sell.

We also launched a new range 
of 120 ‘Nutritionally Balanced’
ready meals to help customers
maintain a healthy, balanced diet.

Introduced in October 2006, the
range already represents 25% 
of our total ready meal offering.
Developed in response to
growing customer awareness
about health, the range took 
18 months to develop and
includes dishes inspired by
cuisines from around the world.

All of the new dishes are based
on Government guidelines for
balanced calorie, fat, salt and
sugar content and, like all M&S
ready meals, the range is free
from artificial colours, flavours
and hydrogenated fats. All the
products in the range are total
meal solutions, which means our
customers don’t need to add any
accompaniments which would
impact on the nutritional content
of the whole meal.

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

17

SOURCING AND SUPPLY CHAIN

We have always worked
closely with suppliers to
produce great food
responsibly and sustainably.
Because our food is 100%
own brand, we can do this
with real authority.

We had already improved
animal welfare standards
with breeds like ‘Oakham
Chicken’ and ‘Muir Den
Pork’ which are less
intensively farmed. As part
of our Plan A commitments
we will convert our fresh,
whole turkey, goose and
duck to free range within
the next 12 months. We
have also committed to
convert our fresh pork to
free range as well. We are
also working with the
Marine Stewardship
Council and other
organisations to achieve
independent accreditation
for the fisheries we 
source from.

We want to be a fair
partner to all our suppliers

and in February 2007, we
increased the price we pay
for milk under our ‘Milk
Pledge’ scheme, which
guarantees farmers a
fixed price for their milk,
giving them greater
security. In 2007/08, we
will be consulting with
farmers on ways to extend
this scheme into other 
product areas.

Under Plan A we will
reduce the proportion of
food we air freight.
Additionally, we have
started to introduce an
aeroplane symbol onto
packs of products that 
we do air freight. 

To help our suppliers to
make changes in their
own businesses, we are
introducing a web-based
Supplier Exchange.
Together we aim to share
best practice, stimulate
innovation and help
suppliers secure funds for
investment.

We continue to provide customers with delicious, high
quality, innovative food sourced both responsibly and
sustainably.

It is a credit to our food team and suppliers that we’ve
produced our best ever period of sustained growth in recent
history. In 2006/07, total food sales grew at twice the market
rate at 9.7% to £3.97bn. Sales from existing stores grew by
4.2% on a like-for-like basis and we reached more customers
through new stores and formats, particularly Simply Food
stores. Total market share grew to 4.3%, its highest ever level.

Although competition is fierce and food trends are changing
faster than ever, we are confident we can continue to 
make gains.

New trends in eating
Around seven million people buy food from M&S each week.
Given our relatively small share of the UK market, we are already
reaching a wide audience, attracted by our outstanding quality
offer, convenient locations and mouth-watering advertising.

People shop with us for a wide range of reasons. For some
customers, M&S simply stands for high quality food from
trusted sources. Some just love food and like the way we
interpret new eating trends in our prepared meals. Others want
high quality traditional ingredients to make their own dishes. For
many people, M&S is a place to come at special times of the
year and for indulgent treats; and for others M&S stands for
great food on the go. For all of these customers, different food
trends are important and we must stay a step ahead of them,
using great innovation to meet their changing preferences.

The trend in healthy eating shows no signs of easing. Demand
for fresh, natural food as well as the healthy prepared meals, at
which we excel, is rising fast. But indulgent products are also 
in high demand such as our ‘Gastropub’ range and special
desserts, like the recently advertised lemon soufflé, which has
been very successful. 

Provenance is important. Increasingly, customers want to know
precisely where their food comes from – right down to individual
farms and growers. Customers want assurance that their food
has been sourced ethically – with proper care taken over
nutrition, fair trading, the environment and animal welfare. And
they want it to be labelled clearly and packaged responsibly. 

Fresh, natural and healthy
Healthy eating is a priority for us and our customers. Facilitated
by our 100% own-brand offer, our work to remove unnecessary
ingredients from our products is industry leading. In 2006, M&S
became the only major retailer to have removed hydrogenated
fats from all our food and we remain ahead of the industry in
reducing salt.

We are also continuing to meet the growing demand for fresh
food which has had the minimum of processing. Our ‘Marks &
Spencer Cook!’ range, our ready meals and all of our ‘Eat Well’
children’s prepared meals are now free of artificial colours,
flavourings, sweeteners and have no added preservatives. All of

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

i

l

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
18

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

WASTE

We are trialling ‘Closed Loop
Recycling’ in five of our Café Revive
coffee shops in London. Teams sort
used café product packaging into
recyclable and non-recyclable
materials in store. The recyclable
material is collected and turned back
into raw materials for use in more 
packaging. 

HEALTH

As part of our additive reduction
programme, none of our products
contain hydrogenated fats. All of our
‘Nutritionally Balanced’ ready meals are
based on Government guidelines for
calorie, fat, salt and sugar content 
and, like our ‘Marks & Spencer Cook!’
products and ‘Eat Well’ children’s
prepared meals, they are free from
artificial colours, flavourings,
sweeteners and preservatives. 

FAIR PARTNER

The M&S Milk Pledge, which we
launched with our dairy farmers
in 2003, agrees prices for six
month periods and pays one 
of the best rates in the industry.
It also supports our regional
sourcing work, with milk 
sold in the region in which 
it is produced.

our ‘Nutritionally Balanced’ meals are based on Government
guidelines for calorie, fat, salt and sugar content.

We have also adopted what we think is a leading position in
food labelling. Starting with selected ranges we are combining
both the Government’s traffic light system and Guideline Daily
Amount (GDA) percentages to help our customers make healthy
choices about the amount of fat, sugar and salt they eat. This will
be extended to all relevant ranges by end of the 2007/08
financial year.

seeing superb growth. Last year we enjoyed 12% of the UK
champagne market, 22% of the pre-packed shellfish market,
and 10% of the boxed chocolate market. 

Our indulgent food remains distinctive and is often unique. 
At Easter, for instance, all our children’s chocolate was organic 
and nut-free. We are now working towards making sure all our
children’s cakes are made using only naturally-occurring colours
and flavours. Increasingly, these products are helping us stand
out at key times like Christmas and Easter.

Our ‘Eat Well’ sunflower logo identifies food which is either
naturally healthy or nutritionally balanced, as endorsed by the
British Nutrition Foundation. Some 1,300 food products (as of
January 2007), or around 30% of our food sales, come under
the ‘Eat Well’ banner. Our target, under Plan A, is to make that
50% in five years.

Our organic food offer now stretches to 350 lines. Under Plan A,
we aim to triple our sales of organic food within five years.
Prepared meals made with organic ingredients have become
more popular and, in February, we launched Organic ‘Food to
Go’, with over 20 products from sandwiches to smoothies.

Indulgence and celebrations
While healthy eating is increasingly important to customers, 
we have to remember that many people come to M&S for 
a treat. Some of the products we are most famous for are

Authenticity and provenance
Our customers want exciting new dishes, but they are also
increasingly interested in real food, simply prepared, from 
known sources.

M&S has always been known for the provenance of its food
and the ‘Speciality’ range, launched in April 2006, taps into 
this demand. Carefully selected foods, many from smaller
specialist producers in the UK and overseas, are what this 
range is all about.

Already over 300 products strong and accounting for a
significant proportion of food sales, the range includes
Brecknock lamb from Wales, Scottish langoustines from
fisherman Sandy West and Giuliano Baroni’s exclusive 24-
month matured parmigiano reggiano. We will increase this
range to 400 products next year.

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

19

FAIR PARTNER

SUSTAINABLE RAW MATERIALS

We now have over 70 ‘Fairtrade’
certified food products on our
shelves. During 2006/07, we
launched ‘Fairtrade’ wine; 
expanded our range of fresh
‘Fairtrade’ produce to include 
whole and prepared pineapples 
as well as grapes; and in February
we converted all of our conserves
and jams to ‘Fairtrade’. And we are
still the only major retailer to sell
only ‘Fairtrade’ tea and coffee.

In February 2007, we launched our first
organic fruit and vegetable box.
Available in two sizes and presented in
a 100% recycled cardboard box, each
comes with information on the origin of
the products, shelf life and details on
the environmental benefits of organic
produce. The boxes also allow us to
offer a wider range of produce to
customers in our smaller stores.

AWARDS

In 2006, we won a number of awards
for our excellence in food. We are
particularly proud of the awards we
have won for our fish. Greenpeace, 
the Marine Conservation Society, the
Seafood Choices Alliance and Fish
Farmer Magazine have all recognised
our commitment to sustainable 
fish sourcing.

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

New stores and food hospitality
We see scope for growth in our food business by opening food
halls in new main chain stores and new Simply Food stores,
which you can read about on page 23. But expanding space 
is not the only way to grow. The eating-out market is worth
around £28.4bn (source: TNS Outlet tracker) – we think we can
take a bigger share of this market. We are concentrating on five
different formats.

Café Revive, with 217 in-store cafés and around 40 more
planned this year, is the third largest UK chain of coffee shops.
In 2007/08, we will introduce a stronger food offer, including
more choice for children, and more bakery and hot food. ‘Hot
Food To Go’ counters have been successfully trialled in 15
stores and will go to a further 21 stores this year, leading to an
eventual roll-out further down the chain. 

Our four ‘Deli Bars’ provide a sophisticated place to relax over
freshly prepared dishes with a glass of wine or fruit juice.
Another four will open this year. ‘M&S Restaurant’ in Newcastle
is our first in-store restaurant, with 130 covers, table service
and classic M&S dishes made to order. It’s one of the best
examples of how we are reaching new customers and four
more are planned this year. 

‘M&S Kitchen’, currently a one-store pilot attached to our
Canterbury store, has a strong hot and cold food and alcoholic

beverage offer to eat-in or take-away. It targets customers who
want to enjoy lunch, brunch or supper in a more sophisticated
setting.

Trust
Trust is one of the cornerstones of our business and our
customers expect us to take the lead on ethical trading and the
environment. Through Plan A we will continue to improve our
already high standards. 

One of the big issues we are tackling is packaging. We currently
use around 79,000 tonnes of food packaging annually. Of this,
about 25,000 tonnes is glass, mainly wine bottles, for which
recycling schemes already exist. We are committed to reducing
non-glass packaging by 25% by 2012 – this applies to all our
packaging, not just food.

To reach this target we will unpack some less fragile produce,
remove unnecessary layers, replace cardboard sleeves 
with labels and make packaging lighter. We will also make 
packaging from sustainable or recycled sources and clearly
label it recyclable or compostable. We have already labelled
some 12% of our food products with this information. 

As we grow our food business we expect trust to be
increasingly important to our customers. Independent research
shows we are one of the UK’s most trusted retailers, but to
maintain this position we must continue to tackle the big issues.

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

l

i

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
20

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

OUR CUSTOMERS

Our core customers continue to be
those aged 45 plus. In fact, some
75% of turnover comes from this
group. However, we continue to
appeal to a broad church of
customers and are growing
customer numbers and sales
across every age group. Listening
to all these customers is crucial
to ensure we get our offer right.

During the year, we conducted
around 200 customer focus
groups on some 40 topics. 
These sessions cover everything
from what our customers think 
of the quality and value of our
clothing to our new website 
and Plan A. As a result of these
sessions some products might
not make it onto the shop floor
while others will be changed or
bought in greater number.

Customers’ views about our
products have improved. However,
those aged between 45 and 54
told us that they wanted more
evidence that we will continue 
to make our products better,
increase choice and continue 
to be competitive on price.

Attitudes were most favourable
among our core customers 
but we saw gains across all 
age groups. 

Scores on the style of our
clothes went up 16% and 9%
more customers said they 
were finding products that
appealed to them. But the
feedback also highlighted that
there is much more to do, such
as improving the consistency of
sizing and fit.

We have more Simply Food
stores in more convenient
locations and this is helping 
us to attract new and younger
customers. The drive for fresh,
healthy food cooked from
scratch at home or partially
prepared also means that
customers are buying from us
more regularly, across different
stores and in more than one
location. 

As well as shopping more
frequently across different 
store formats, customers are
increasingly looking for the
convenience and flexibility
offered by other channels such 
as online. In March, we re-
launched our website to better
meet this growing demand.

service

OUR PEOPLE

We’ve made important changes in people management in the last two years. In 2005/06, we
provided staff with more opportunities to progress within the Career Path structure introducing
additional responsibility steps coupled with more competitive pay rates. We continue to offer
among the top rates of pay in retail.

In 2006/07, we extended the Career
Path approach to store management.
As well as defining Management Career
Paths we carried out a skills audit
across all our store management teams.
This allows employees to easily map
their own competencies against those
required for development. We have 
also developed more tailored training
programmes to help management
enhance their skills.

In 2007/08, we will complete the career
development structure, with improved
training for our 4,000 section managers. 

In head office, following the successful
introduction of our general merchandise
Buying Academy in 2005, we launched
a Culinary Academy for our Food
Group, designed to improve individuals’
sensory, ingredient and culinary
knowledge. The first phase covering all
categories was completed during the
year and phase two which will cover

future food trends started in May 2007.
We have built elements of the training
into our induction programme for 
new starters. 

Our graduate scheme is one of the 
most popular in the sector. Last year 
we received over 6,500 applications for
135 positions. Most graduates spend 
an intensive year working in a number
of stores across food, general
merchandise, human resources and
store operations. In April 2007, we won
three awards for our programme and
moved up to number 17 in The Times
Top 100 Graduate Employers list.

Some 3,500 people, both in stores 
and head office, act as elected
representatives on our Business
Involvement Groups (BIGs). They play 
a crucial role in maintaining an open
dialogue between senior management
and their colleagues. The BIG is 

consulted on all important changes 
in the business. 

One important issue we consulted with
them on during the year was the Final
Salary Pension Scheme. We needed 
to put the Scheme on a more secure
footing and to do this we had to make
changes. The Company agreed to
reduce the deficit by £500m using an
M&S property-backed structure and 
we asked members to consider three
options about how their pension builds
up in the future. As a result of the
consultation we have made changes 
to the choices we are offering our
members, one of which involves making
contributions. The changes will come
into effect in October 2007.

For the second year running we have
also completed our ‘Your M&S, your
say’ survey which helps us to
understand our employees concerns
and priorities better.

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

21

Our customers expect consistently great service, no matter
when or where they visit us. We were clear when we
developed our plan to return M&S to growth that improving
service should be one of our three top priorities, alongside
improving products and modernising stores. While there’s
more we need to do here, I believe we have made progress.

This has been driven in large part by our service training
programme, which involved over 60,000 store staff and was
completed in June 2006. This ‘Our Service Style’ training is
now incorporated into all store induction programmes with our
8,000 specially trained coaches taking on the responsibility for
continuous service training.

Mystery shopping
We wanted to make sure this training was translating into
improvements in-store. In May, we introduced a mystery shopping
programme to measure the quality of our customer service. 

Stores are visited by mystery shoppers once a month, with our
biggest stores checked twice a month, in total around 6,500
visits a year. Each is scored on a range of measures chosen by
customers, from product knowledge to tidiness and respect.

Our overall scores showed steady improvement during the 
year, rising from 70% in May 2006 to a progressive average 
of 79% for 2006/07. This is a good result not least because 
we recruited 19,000 extra staff at Christmas and faced a big
challenge in bringing them up to speed at a very busy time.
However, some stores are still not performing as they should
and we have work to do to make sure improvements continue.

In addition, the senior management team, myself included, visit
stores frequently. We spend a lot of time talking directly to our
customers and employees. Our customer services team talks to
12,000 customers a week. This feedback is invaluable. We also
conduct regular customer focus groups, which you can read
about on the page opposite. 

We know we are not perfect and need to make further
improvements. In order to help facilitate this in 2007/08 we will
link the bonus payments of our store teams to their mystery
shop scores. We’ve set our sights high where service is
concerned. We are looking for excellence – getting by won’t do.

Productivity
As more and more people come into our stores, it is more
important than ever that our customer service is effectively
managed. Getting the right number of people with the right
skills on the sales floor at the right time is the key. It sounds
simple, but in the past we have found it difficult with staff often
distracted by store processes and bureaucracy. 

So, on top of continued service training we have worked hard
to improve efficiency and to ensure that we maximise the
number of customer-facing staff. We have also worked to
define and clarify store standards.

Following this action, we saw productivity, the number of
individual items sold per full-time member of staff in clothing
and home, increase by 12.2% during the year.

Mystery shopping

80%

70%

70%

73% 73%

78%

79%

81% 82%

84%

82% 82%

83%

60%

50%

40%

May

June

July

Aug

Sept Oct

Nov

Dec

Jan

Feb Mar

Average number of employees 

75,871

66,747

68,304

70,000

60,000

50,000

UK Stores
Head office
Other
Total

2004/05
61,132
3,505
2,110
66,747

2005/06
62,288
3,057
2,959
68,304

2006/07
69,309
3,246
3,316
75,871

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

l

i

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
22

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

MODERNISATION PROGRAMME

Our store modernisation
programme is well under way.
Around 40% of our portfolio is
now in the new format and we
are currently on site in over 
60 stores.

The programme often involves
radical changes, going beyond
changes to fixtures and fittings.
Alongside major construction work,
new flooring and refrigeration, we
are also making changes to how
we lay out our stores and guide
customers through departments.
We are also starting to look at new
ways of allocating which products
go into which stores, and how we
display them. 

our priorities is keeping disruption
to a minimum both for our
customers and for the business.
We have increased the amount
of night-time working we do and
we have improved the way we
separate the building works from
the store during opening hours.

It is important that our stores 
are in the best state for the
Christmas trading period and 
we will continue to deliver the
bulk of our programme before
the 2007 October half-term.
However, where some of our
larger stores are undergoing
major redevelopment work this
will not always be possible. 

Managing a programme of this
scale, while keeping the stores
open, is very challenging. One of

We are also meeting Plan A
objectives in our stores and
offices, particularly on sourcing

renewable energy and sustainable
materials and dealing with waste. 

By April 2007, we had secured
175 GWh of renewable energy to
power all our stores in Scotland,
all our Simply Food stores in
England and Wales and our
London head office, saving
55,000 tonnes of CO2. 

This year, the first of a new breed
of ‘green’ stores will open.
Bournemouth will use 25% less
energy and emit 50% less CO2
every year or the equivalent of
the emissions of 244 return
flights from London to New York.
Two other ‘green’ stores are in the
pipeline at Pollok and Galashiels.

environment

Ipswich
Completed August 2006

Tunbridge Wells
Completed October 2006

Bluewater
Completed October 2006

BEFORE

BEFORE

BEFORE

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

23

CAPITAL EXPENDITURE

Ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exeration
Total 2006/07: £792m
Total 2005/06: £338m
Total 2004/05: £229m
£m
£m
£m
479
ullam corper suscipit lobortis.

80

34

34

34

38

e
c
n
a
n
e
t
n
a
M

i

T

I

i

&
n
a
h
C
y
p
p
u
S

l

s
e
r
o
t
S
w
e
N

l

a
n
o
i
t
a
n
r
e
t
n

I

e
m
m
a
r
g
o
r
P
n
o
i
t
a
s
n
r
e
d
o
M

i

49

s
e
r
o
t
S
w
e
N

19

l

a
n
o
i
t
a
n
r
e
t
n

I

175

e
m
m
a
r
g
o
r
P
n
o
i
t
a
s
n
r
e
d
o
M

i

120

114

39

T

I

i

&
n
a
h
C
y
p
p
u
S

l

56

e
c
n
a
n
e
t
n
a
M

i

27

l

a
n
o
i
t
a
n
r
e
t
n

I

s
e
r
o
t
S
w
e
N

e
m
m
a
r
g
o
r
P
n
o
i
t
a
s
n
r
e
d
o
M

i

52

e
c
n
a
n
e
t
n
a
M

i

T

I

i

&
n
a
h
C
y
p
p
u
S

l

OUR STORE PORTFOLIO

STORE TYPE
Flagship stores
High Street stores
Simply Food stores 
Simply Food franchise stores 
Retail Park stores 
Outlet stores
M&S Kitchen

Total

Number of stores
43
221
144
61
20
30
1

520

SIMPLY FOOD

We opened more Simply Food stores 
in 2006/07 than in any other year. 

At the year end we had
205 stores including 
61 run by our franchise
partners, SSP and Moto, 
at airports, stations and
motorway services and 
BP in their BP Connect
forecourts. We opened 63
new stores during the year
and closed two. Our trial
with BP has been
successful and we will
open around 60 stores
during 2007/08, adding to
the 11 trial stores.

The Simply Food opening
programme, together with
some new main chain
stores and franchise stores,
has increased our total
food space by around
30% in the last six years. 

Initially our Simply Food
expansion programme was
focused on convenience-

sized units of 3,000 to
5,000 sq ft but increasingly
we are targeting bigger
sites of 6,000 to 12,000 sq
ft to make the most of our 
food offer.

In March 2006, we bought
28 Iceland stores, which
we converted into Simply
Food stores and reopened
in summer 2006. We also
bought an additional 12
stores from Somerfield, 
six of which, including
Westhill in Aberdeen and
Blackheath in London 
re-opened during the 
year. The remaining six 
will open during summer
2007. We want more
stores in more convenient
locations and intend to
open 20-25% more food
space in the next five
years.

The UK retail property market has undergone radical
change in recent years, with many of our competitors
moving aggressively into new space in new areas. We have
added more than 200 stores since 2002, but we need to
make sure we are in the right place in the right space. In
particular, we missed the move to develop out-of-town
stores and to open on Retail Parks.

In November, we announced a far-reaching property 
strategy that will see us increase our current space of around
13.2 million sq ft by 15-20% in the next five years. We have 
five priorities here:

• Enhancing our major city centre stores, mainly through

expansion and major redevelopment;

• Finding more out-of-town stores of around 100,000 sq ft

and expanding our space where we already trade through
mezzanines and extensions;

• Opening more stores of between 40,000 and 60,000 sq ft

on Retail Parks;

• Examining our portfolio of high street stores to make sure

they are the right size and in the right place. There could be
some closures, but mostly we will relocate to better sites
that suit our customers; and

• Doubling the number of Simply Food stores to more than
400, including franchise stores at stations, airports and
motorway services. We will also extend our partnership with
BP, adding Simply Food stores at up to 200 BP Connect
sites within five years.

The way our stores look has been another big issue for us to
address and we now have a programme to modernise virtually 
all of our stores by the end of 2008/09.

In the year under review, we spent £479m modernising and
redeveloping our stores as well as some £120m on new space.
In total, capital expenditure for the year was £792m. 
This is an increase of around £250m on the guidance we gave
you last year and is because we have brought forward a
number of modernisation projects originally scheduled to start
in 2007/08 into the 2006/07 financial year. By Christmas 2006 
we had over 220 stores in the new format, including almost all
of our Simply Food stores. By Christmas 2007 we will have
completed around another 130, equating to approximately 70%
of our total space. You can read more about our store remodel
programme in the box on the opposite page.

With both our store modernisation programme and our property
strategy, we are testing out ideas carefully, and then rolling out
successful formats at pace.

Moving with speed and consistency is essential. The market is
and will remain highly competitive, good space is at a premium
and getting planning permission can be slow. We are constantly
looking for appropriate sites, so we can reach a wider
customer-base in more easily accessible, convenient locations.

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

l

i

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
24

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

Marks & Spencer is a well-recognised and increasingly
popular brand around the world. We see scope to open
many more stores in selected markets. 

In a busy year we opened 36 new stores, most of which were
in territories where we already have a presence. We also opened
stores in new territories including Switzerland, Latvia, Slovakia
and Bulgaria as well as our biggest overseas franchise store 
in Dubai. 

We continue to actively manage the franchise operation and
closed a number of poorly performing stores, often moving to
larger, more profitable sites. 

At the end of March 2007, we had 219 franchise stores in 34
territories and had grown our total space by over 315,000 sq ft
to nearly 1.8 million sq ft. 

In the year ahead, our franchise operation will grow at a faster
pace, with around 40 more stores opening across Russia,
Eastern Europe, the Middle East and Asia. We have already
opened six new stores since April, including our first store in
Lithuania. In May, we also opened our first store in Taiwan,
which is being run as a joint venture.

We continue to own eight stores in Hong Kong – a mature 
but, for us, successful market. We also see a lot of potential 
in the Republic of Ireland and by the end of the year we 
owned 13 stores. In May 2007, we opened a store in

Letterkenny and we will open another store in Tallaght later 
in the year. By reinforcing our position in key cities, particularly
Dublin and Cork, and by moving into new areas, we will grow
the business here significantly in the next three years. 

During the year, our international business recorded a 16.8%
increase in sales to £610.6m (last year £522.7m) and a 33.2%
increase in operating profit to £87.5m (last year £65.7m).

Operating profits from our franchises grew by 40.8% to 
£42.1m, with sales up 21.5%. Our two wholly-owned
businesses in Hong Kong and the Republic of Ireland recorded
a 14.0% increase in sales and a 26.8% increase in operating
profit, to £45.4m.

These are good results. We believe the time is right to pick up
the pace of growth overseas. Our strategy is to focus on
markets where there’s a strong demand for our products 
from a growing middle class.

Russia is a good example of this. We opened our first store 
in late 2005 and now have nine stores in Moscow and
St Petersburg, with four new openings planned during 2007/08.

Where possible, we work with existing franchisees with local
knowledge and will often go into a new territory with a trusted
company we’ve worked with elsewhere. Our partner in Turkey,
for example, took us into Russia and we opened another store
with them in the Ukraine in May 2007.

Dubai

Bahrain 
Bermuda
Bulgaria
Croatia
Cyprus
Czech Republic
Gibraltar
Gran Canaria
Greece

1
1
1
3
9
8
1
4
35

Guernsey
Hong Kong
Hungary
India
Indonesia
Jersey
Kuwait
Latvia
Malaysia

3
8
8
11
13
3
1
1
2

3
Malta
1
Oman
13
Philippines
4
Poland
Qatar
1
Republic of Ireland 13
4
Romania
9
Russia
8
Saudi Arabia

Singapore
Slovakia
Slovenia
South Korea
Switzerland
Tenerife
Thailand
Turkey
UAE

7
1
1
17
1
1
11
27
5

International Retail

2004/05

2005/06

2006/07

Revenue (£m)

455.8

522.7

610.6

Operating profit (£m)

60.7

65.7

87.5

Number of stores at year end

– Owned

– Franchises

18

191

19

198

21

219

Selling space at year end (k sq ft)

– Owned

586

586

– Franchises

1,317

1,433

◆ 13 STORES
  REPUBLIC
  OF IRELAND

* 9 STORES

  RUSSIA

* 31 STORES

  CENTRAL
  EUROPE

* 61 STORES

EUROPE

* 27 STORES

  TURKEY

* 17 STORES

  MIDDLE EAST

* 11 STORES

INDIA

◆ 8 STORES
  HONG KONG

* 63 STORES

  SE ASIA

KEY
◆  WHOLLY-OWNED STORES
* FRANCHISED STORES

632

1,762 international

 
www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

25

The explosion of internet shopping provides another big
opportunity for us.

Our customers already like shopping with us on the net. In
2006/07, online sales grew by more than 60%, well ahead 
of the market, albeit from a fairly low base, reaching over 
£100m for the first time. This was driven by over 55 million 
visits (last year 30 million).

If you consider that we have an 11.1% share of UK clothing
sales, but just 4.2% of online clothing sales, it’s clear that
there’s a lot more we can go for.

We have set a target to increase online sales to £500m in five
years. To reflect the size of the opportunity, e-commerce is now
a separate business unit reporting to me.

In March 2007, we launched our new website, developed with
Amazon, which has the widest selections of online clothing in
the UK – over 15,000 items – as well as 10,000 homeware and
technology products, flowers, wines and exclusive online
ranges, including jewellery.

As well as looking fresh and modern, the website includes a
range of new features, including a sophisticated, fast-search
facility which lets you search by size, colour, style and price, 
or choose from over 50 departments.

The photography is sharper, you can look at the item in all
available colours, and a zoom function means you can home 
in on stitching and fabric detail.

The site also offers tips and recommendations tailored to
customers’ shopping preferences. 

We are also improving service levels, with standard delivery
times shortened from seven days to three, in addition to our
free standard delivery on all orders over £30. We also offer next
day and nominated day deliveries for a small premium.

Later in the year, web, phone and in-store ordering will be
linked together for the first time, providing more delivery
choices, something customers have said is important to them,
including collecting online orders from a store of your choice.

In line with Plan A, we are playing our part in making our
operations more sustainable, with over 90% of our online delivery
packaging now made from recycled, recyclable materials.

I believe we are now set up to offer one of the best e-commerce
sites in the UK for clothing, homeware, gifts and selected food
products with potential for further development.

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

£500m

We intend to grow our online sales
from just over £100m in 2006/07 to
£500m within five years.

THE ONLINE OPPORTUNITY

Online shopping is growing at a rapid
rate in the UK. This is supported by 
the spread of broadband technology.
Industry forecasts for the UK online
clothing and footwear market predict
an increase in sales this year of 42% 
to £3.5bn (source IMRG).

online

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

l

i

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
26

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

Looking ahead

I said when I rejoined the business in 2004 that M&S was a
great business with significant strengths, but one that needed
radical change to become world-class again.

Three years on, this review of our operations in 2006/07 aims to
give you an insight into the scale of the changes we have made
and a sense of the ambitions we have for the business in the
years to come.

The year ahead will, as I said at the beginning of this review, be
critical in creating a sustainable future for the Company.

We believe that we can carve out a unique position for M&S
through our commitment to a simple, rigorous plan and to our
core values of quality, value, service, innovation and trust. 

This, coupled with our scale, provides us with an authoritative
and well-differentiated position in the markets in which we trade
and sets us up well to continue to earn people’s trust and to
deliver consistent, profitable growth.

The management changes that we have made over the past 12
months will be crucial to our ability to deliver on this simple plan.

The immediate economic outlook is undoubtedly more difficult.
We expect costs to rise ahead of overall growth in the market-
place, which means that we must find new ways to increase
our sales.

In the coming 12 months, we will remain relentlessly focused on
our plan of offering great products, in great stores with great
customer service. 

We will also pursue new opportunities through new space at
home and abroad, new product and service offers, and our re-
launched website.

We will continue to improve our product offer, both within our
existing ranges and by filling gaps with new products we
haven’t offered before.

Our major brands, from ‘Autograph’ and ‘per una’ to ‘Limited
Collection’ and ‘Blue Harbour’, will be key in segmenting this
offer and making it easy to shop.

However, we won’t see the full benefit of this work unless we
offer first-class service. We know we need to make further
improvements here, despite the great strides we have 
made already.

We also still have a great deal of work to do to modernise our
infrastructure so that everything from our warehouses to the
technology behind our tills and financial systems is fit for the
growth we are aiming to achieve in the years ahead.

Through all of this, we will keep listening to our customers.
Their views and demands have moulded M&S in recent years
and I want this to continue.

This is crucial in areas such as customer service and product,
but also just as important in terms of how we are dealing with
social, ethical and environmental challenges through Plan A.

Our customers want us to succeed, but they want proof that
success does not come at a cost to society or the environment.

The progress we have made has only been achieved through
team effort which, for us, means all our 75,000 staff. I am
grateful for their commitment and support and delighted that
we were able to pay everyone in the Company a bonus, at a
total cost of £91m, for the second year running.

In future we will be linking all bonus payments more closely to
performance and improving service standards. We are geared
up to reward people well for great work.

Our suppliers play a crucial role in ensuring that we offer great
value, innovative products. Their continued dedication to M&S
and our customers is highly valued.

Lastly, I’d like to thank shareholders for their continuing support,
which has been vital in allowing us to take a long-term view and
prepare the Company for future growth.

Great prices and excellent quality, combining to provide
outstanding value for our customers, will remain key to our
competitiveness in the year ahead.

Stuart Rose
Chief Executive

Our property strategy will increase our reach significantly, as will
our direct business, starting with our new website. This, coupled
with our store modernisation programme, will help to ensure we
have the right offer, in the right space, in the right place.

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

27

Your Board

Lord Burns Chairman (cid:5) (Chairman)
Appointed as Deputy Chairman in October
2005 and as Chairman in July 2006. Age 63.
He is Chairman of Abbey National plc and Glas
Cymru Ltd (Welsh Water) and a non-executive
director of Banco Santander Central Hispano
SA and Pearson Group plc. He is a former 
non-executive director of Legal & General Group
Plc and The British Land Company PLC and 
a former Chairman of the National Lottery
Commission. He was Permanent Secretary 
to HM Treasury from 1991 to 1998 and 
Chief Economic Advisor from 1980 to 1991. 
He was appointed a Life Peer in 1998. 

Stuart Rose Chief Executive (cid:5)
Appointed in May 2004. Age 58. Stuart is a
non-executive director of Land Securities plc
and Chairman of the British Fashion Council. He
began his career in retail at Marks & Spencer in
1972 before going on to the Burton Group in
1989, becoming Chief Executive of the
Multiples Division in 1994. He left the Group
following the demerger in 1997. Stuart was
Chief Executive of Argos plc in 1998 and later
became Chief Executive of Booker plc. Before
re-joining Marks & Spencer as Chief Executive
in 2004, he was Chief Executive of Arcadia
Group plc from 2000 until 2002.

Ian Dyson Group Finance Director
Appointed in June 2005. Age 44. Ian was
formerly Finance Director of The Rank Group
plc. Prior to this he was Group Financial
Controller of Hilton Group plc. He joined Hilton
from Le Meridien, a division of Forte plc, where
he had been Finance Director. His early career
was spent with Arthur Andersen, where he
qualified as a Chartered Accountant in 1986
and was promoted to a Partner of the firm 
in 1994. Ian was a non-executive director of
Misys plc until September 2005.

Steven Sharp Executive Director,
Marketing 
Appointed in November 2005 having joined 
the Company in May 2004. Age 56. He started
his career with Bejam in 1978, progressing 
to the Argyll Group and became Marketing
Director of Asda in 1987. He joined the Board
of Debenhams in 1989. He later became
Marketing Director of the Burton Group, 
Booker plc and Arcadia Group plc. Steven is 
a Fellow of the Chartered Institute of Marketing
and visiting professor of Glasgow Caledonian
University.

Sir David Michels
Senior Independent Director (cid:3) (cid:4) (cid:2) (cid:5)
Appointed in March 2006. Age 60. David 
was appointed Senior Independent Director in
September 2006. He is a non-executive director
of The British Land Company plc, easyJet plc,
Strategic Hotels & Resorts and RAB Capital
Plc. He previously worked with Grand
Metropolitan, Hilton International and Stakis
before rejoining Hilton International in 1999 as
Chief Executive, becoming Chief Executive of
Hilton Group plc from 2000 to 2006. He was
formerly a non-executive director of Arcadia
Group. David was knighted in June 2006. 

(cid:3) Independent
(cid:4) Audit Committee
(cid:2) Remuneration Committee
(cid:5) Nomination Committee 

Jeremy Darroch
Non-Executive Director (cid:3) (cid:5) (cid:4) (Chairman)
Appointed in February 2006. Age 44. Jeremy
was appointed Chairman of the Audit Committee
in September 2006. He is the Chief Financial
Officer at British Sky Broadcasting Plc. He was
previously Retail Finance Director at Dixons Group
plc, where he became Group Finance Director
in 2002. He spent 12 years at Procter & Gamble
in a variety of roles. He qualified as a Chartered
Accountant with Deloitte Haskins and Sells. 

Martha Lane Fox
Non-Executive Director (cid:3) (cid:4) (cid:2) (cid:5)
To be appointed on 1 June 2007. Age 34.
Martha is a non-executive director of Channel 4
Television and Trustee of the charity Reprieve.
She is founder of a chain of private room
karaoke clubs, Lucky Voice, and of her own
charity foundation, Antigone. Martha co-founded
lastminute.com in 1998, taking the company
public in March 2000, she remained on the
Board until the company was purchased by
Sabre Holdings in 2005. Martha is also a Patron
of CAMFED.

Steven Holliday
Non-Executive Director (cid:3) (cid:4) (cid:2) (cid:5)
Appointed in July 2004. Age 50. Steve was
appointed Group CEO of National Grid plc at
the end of 2006, having at different times been
responsible for the UK Electricity and Gas
businesses. He was formerly an executive
director of British Borneo Oil and Gas. Previously,
he spent 19 years with the Exxon Group where
he held numerous senior positions. His
international business experience includes the
US, China, Australia, Japan and Brazil.

Jack Keenan
Non-Executive Director (cid:3) (cid:4) (cid:2) (cid:5)
Appointed in September 2001. Age 70. 
Jack will retire as a non-executive director 
at this year’s AGM. He is CEO of Grand Cru
Consulting Ltd and will retire as a non-executive
director of Tomkins plc following their AGM on
13 June 2007. Jack was previously Deputy
CEO of Guinness UDV, a board member of
Diageo plc until 2001 and senior non-executive
director of The Body Shop International plc.
Jack is Patron of Cambridge University’s Centre
for International Business and Management.

Louise Patten
Non-Executive Director (cid:3) (cid:5) (cid:2)  (Chairman)
Appointed in February 2006. Age 53. Louise
was appointed Chairman of the Remuneration
Committee in January 2007. She is non-
executive Chairman of Brixton plc, a non-
executive director of Bradford & Bingley plc and
a senior adviser to Bain & Co. She was formerly
a non-executive director of Hilton Group plc,
GUS plc, Somerfield plc and Harveys
Furnishings plc.

Graham Oakley
Group Secretary and Head 
of Corporate Governance 
Appointed in August 1997. Age 50. Graham 
is Secretary of the Audit, Remuneration and
Nomination Committees. In 1985, he joined
Marks & Spencer’s Legal Department. He was
appointed Head of Legal in 1990, Company
Secretary and Chief Legal Adviser in 1997 and
Head of the Corporate Governance Group in
June 2002. 

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

i

l

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
28

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

Financial review

Revenue

2007

2006

Total 

Like-for-like 

UK Retail

International Retail

UK Retail

International Retail

Operating profit

£7,977.5m

£7,275.0m

+9.7%

+6.1%

£610.6m

£522.7m

2007

2006

£956.5m

£790.1m

£87.5m

£65.7m

+16.8%

Total 

+21.1%

+33.2%

+8.3%

Revenue
Total revenues were up 10.1% with strong performances in both
the UK and international businesses. 

UK revenues were up 9.7% with like-for-like growth at 6.1%
despite much tougher comparatives in the second half of the
financial year and disruption to our stores as we continued the
store modernisation programme. During the year, we added
2.7% of space (on a weighted average basis), 4.5% in food and
1.8% in general merchandise. 

International revenues were up 16.8% with strong performances
in both owned and franchised stores, up 14.0% and 21.5%
respectively. This was driven by strong like-for-like performance
and 23 new store openings.

Operating profit
Operating profit before property disposals was £1,044.0m, 
up 22.0%.

In the UK, operating profit before property disposals was up
21.1% at £956.5m, reflecting strong revenue growth and further
gross margin gains. UK gross margin was 43.4%, an increase 
of 60 basis points on the previous year. Although this was less
than we had indicated at the half year end, it reflects our
decision to keep inventory clean at the end of the fourth quarter.
At the same time we managed our operating costs tightly.

General merchandise gross margin was up 120 basis points to
52.6% driven by better buying. Food gross margin at 34.0%
was level on the year. 

UK operating costs, before bonus, were up 7.7% to £2,431.7m
(last year £2,257.4m). This reflected the ongoing investment in
the growth of the business through our staff, stores and
marketing. Increasing underlying cost pressures in areas such
as energy, fuel, rent and rates have been well managed.

Summary of results

Group Summary

Continuing operations before property disposals and exceptional items

Revenue
Operating profit
Net finance costs

Adjusted profit before tax
Profit/(loss) on property disposals
Exceptional items

Group profit before tax from continuing operations

Revenue year on year
Operating profit year on year
Interest cover

Dividend per share

Earnings per share from continuing operations
Basic
Adjusted

2005
£m

2006
£m

2007
£m

7,490.5
649.1
(93.0)

7,797.7
855.8
(104.4)

8,588.1
1,044.0
(78.8)

556.1
(0.4)
(50.6)

505.1

(1.2%)
n/a
6.2x

12.1p

17.6p
19.2p

751.4
(5.7)
–

745.7

965.2
1.9
(30.4)

936.7

+4.1% +10.1%
+31.8% +22.0%
10.5x

7.0x

14.0p

18.3p

31.3p
31.4p

39.1p
40.4p

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

29

A breakdown of UK operating costs for the year is shown below:

Retail staffing
Retail occupancy
Distribution
Marketing and related
Support

Total before bonus
Bonus

Total after bonus

52 weeks ended

1 April 2006 31 March 2007
£m

£m

741.0
682.1
306.2
113.8
414.3

2,257.4
73.0

2,330.4

810.1
717.3
321.6
144.7
438.0

2,431.7
91.0

2,522.7

Increase
%

+9.3
+5.2
+5.0
+27.2
+5.7

+7.7
+24.7

+8.3

The increase in retail staffing costs reflects the impact of the
changes made to pay structures last year, as well as space
growth and investment in additional staffing in our stores to
improve service for our customers. The increase in retail
occupancy costs reflects space growth and higher energy
costs. Distribution costs increased at a rate well below volume
growth. Further investment in marketing has contributed
towards our top line sales growth. Support costs, which include
non-store related overheads, were impacted by increased
pension contributions. We will be paying a record bonus of
£91.0m (last year £73.0m), which includes a £26m reward for
our store staff and reflects the very strong performance of the
business in 2006/07.

The UK operating profit includes a contribution of £19.5m 
(last year £9.6m) from the Group’s continuing economic interest
in M&S Money. This strong growth came from additional
account holders and lower costs.

International operating profit before property disposals was
£87.5m, up 33.2%, reflecting the strong sales performance of
the business. Franchised operating profits grew by 40.8% to
£42.1m. Owned store operating profits (Ireland and Hong
Kong), increased by 26.8% to £45.4m.

Net finance costs
Net finance costs for the year, before exceptional items and
pension finance income, were down 18.3% at £99.6m reflecting
the reduction in average net debt. The average interest rate for
the year was 5.9% (last year 5.8%). Fixed charge cover was
5.9x (last year 4.9x). Pension finance income, which reflects the
difference between the expected return on pension scheme
assets and the interest on scheme liabilities, was £20.8m. 

The exceptional finance costs of £30.4m represent a one-off
make-whole premium arising on the redemption of £317.2m 
of secured bonds, together with the write-off of unamortised
transaction costs. This redemption enabled us to release the
secured properties for their transfer into a limited partnership
with the UK Pension Scheme (see Pensions on page 30).

Taxation
The tax charge reflects a pre-exceptional effective tax rate for
the year of 29.4% (last year 30.2%). This reflects the refund of
prior year tax.

Earnings per share
Adjusted earnings per share from continuing operations, which
excludes the effect of property disposals and exceptional items,
has increased by 28.7% to 40.4p per share. The weighted
average number of shares in issue during the period was
1,688.6m (last year 1,667.0m). 

Dividend per share
The Board is recommending a final dividend of 12.0p per share.
This will result in a total dividend of 18.3p per share (last year
14.0p per share), an increase of 30.7%. This is in line with the
dividend policy announced in May 2006, to grow each half year
dividend in line with adjusted EPS growth. 

UK Retail like-for-like sales growth

Group profit before tax

%

15

10

5

0

-5

-10

-15

156.5

21.8

9.9

25.6

965.2

£m

1,000

900

800

700

600

500

751.4

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

2005/06

2006/07

General Merchandise

Food

Total UK Retail

6
0
/
5
0
0
2

K
U

l

a
n
o
i
t
a
n
r
e
t
n

I

y
e
n
o
M
S
&
M

t
s
e
r
e
t
n

I

7
0
/
6
0
0
2

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

l

i

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
 
30

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

Financial review continued

Capital expenditure
Investing in the business is a key part of our strategy. Capital
expenditure for the year was £792.4m compared with £337.7m
last year. 

Pensions
A triennial valuation of the UK defined benefit scheme was
carried out as at 31 March 2006 resulting in an actuarial deficit
of £704m.

The Group has agreed a plan with the Pension Scheme Trustee
to address the deficit by transferring properties with a current
market value of £1.1bn into a partnership established by the
Group. A limited interest in this partnership was contributed to
the Pension Scheme on 13 March 2007. The Group retains
control over these properties, including the flexibility to substitute
alternative properties. The properties held in the partnership
have been leased back to Marks and Spencer plc. The Pension
Scheme is entitled to a distribution from the profits of the
partnership of £50m per annum for 15 years. The value of this
partnership interest on the date of contribution was £500m and
this is recognised as an asset by the Pension Scheme. 

The impact of this transaction on the Group’s balance sheet is 
a reduction in the pension deficit of £500m and the recognition
of an amortising liability in respect of the obligations of the
partnership to the Pension Scheme. At 31 March 2007 the 
IAS 19 retirement benefit deficit was £283m (last year £795m)
and the amortising liability had a value of £497m (last year £nil).

The increase in spend on the modernisation programme reflects
the investment in our 2006 programme, with some 40% of our
space now under new format, as well as an earlier start to the
2007 programme in order to complete the work by our peak
Christmas trading period. In addition, we commenced
development work on major city centre stores such as London
Pantheon, Edinburgh and Belfast, as well as extensions to some
of our major out of town stores such as London Colney,
Braehead and Cheshunt. Capital expenditure on new stores
was up £71m, reflecting the Simply Food opening programme
and three new retail parks. 

Supply chain capital expenditure reflects investment made in
new distribution centres in food and general merchandise.
Technology capital expenditure reflects investment in information
technology with the implementation of new financial systems as
well as a major project to start replacing our tills and point of
sale system.

Cash flow and net debt 

The Group generated a net cash inflow of £231.1m (last year
£550.5m), reflecting the strong cash generation of the business.
Cash inflow from continuing operating activities increased by
£259.0m. Working capital increased to £114.1m reflecting the
additional bonus provision and a reduction in cash outflow on
leasehold prepayments. Cash outflow on capital expenditure,
net of disposals, was £710.5m (last year £264.3m) reflecting a
step up in the modernisation programme and major store
developments in several of our major city centre stores. 

The Group made a one-off, property-backed contribution of
£500.1m to secure the future of the Group’s defined benefit
pension scheme. This is accrued for as a liability of £496.9m at
year end. As a result, net debt at the end of the year increased
to £1,949.5m, compared with £1,729.3m last year.

Group capital expenditure

Net cash generated

£m

500

400

300

200

100

0

175

e
m
m
a
r
g
o
r
p

i

n
o
i
t
a
s
n
r
e
d
o
M

49

s
e
r
o
t
s
w
e
N

19

l

a
n
o
i
t
a
n
r
e
t
n

I

Actual
2005/06

Actual
2006/07

39

i

n
a
h
c
y
p
p
u
S

l

l

y
g
o
o
n
h
c
e
t
d
n
a

£m

1,500

1,200

900

600

300

0

479

56

e
c
n
a
n
e
t
n
a
M

i

120

114

27

l

a
n
o
i
t
a
n
r
e
t
n

I

i

n
a
h
c

l

y
p
p
u
S

l

y
g
o
o
n
h
c
e
t
d
n
a

52

e
c
n
a
n
e
t
n
a
M

i

s
e
r
o
t
s
w
e
N

e
m
m
a
r
g
o
r
p

i

n
o
i
t
a
s
n
r
e
d
o
M

+114.1

(710.5)

1,329.2

(282.6)

(215.7)

A
D
T
B
E

I

d
n
a

l

a
t
i
p
a
c
g
n
k
r
o
W

i

s
t
n
e
m
e
v
o
m

i

l
i

r
a
m
s
r
e
h
t
o

e
r
u
t
i
d
n
e
p
x
e

l

a
t
i
p
a
c

t
e
N

n
o
i
t
a
x
a
t
d
n
a

t
s
e
r
e
t
n

I

(3.4)

231.1

s
e
u
s
s

i

e
r
a
h
s

s
t
n
e
m
e
v
o
m

w
o
l
f
h
s
a
c

r
e
h
t
O

d
e
t
a
r
e
n
e
g
h
s
a
c
t
e
N

d
n
a
s
d
n
e
d
v
D

i

i

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

31

Group Directors’ report

Business review
The Companies Act 1985 requires the Company to set out in this report a fair review of the business of the Group during the
financial year ended 31 March 2007 including an analysis of the position of the Group at the end of the financial year, and a
description of the principal risks and uncertainties facing the Group (known as a ‘Business review’). 

The informaton that fulfils the Business review requirements can be found in the following sections of the Annual report which are
incorporated into this report by reference:

• Chairman’s foreword on page 3

• Chief Executive’s business review on pages 6-26

•

Financial review on pages 28-30

• Principal risks and uncertainties on pages 40-41

• Environmental, Social and Community matters on pages 10-11 and Employees on pages 20-21. 

Also within the How we do business report available on our website at www.marksandspencer.com/howwedobusinessreport2007

Pages 31-34 inclusive (together with the sections of the Annual report incorporated by reference) consist of a Group directors’ report
that has been drawn up and presented in accordance with and in reliance upon applicable English company law and the liabilities of
the directors in connection with that report shall be subject to the limitations and restrictions provided by such law.

Principal activities
Marks and Spencer Group plc is the holding company of the Marks & Spencer Group of companies (the ‘Group’). We are one of 
the UK’s leading retailers of clothing, food and home products with over 15.8m people visiting our stores each week. We employ
over 75,000 people and have around 520 UK stores including Simply Food franchise stores, as well as an expanding international
business.

Profit and dividends
The profit for the financial year, after taxation, amounts to £659.9m (last year £523.1m). The directors have declared dividends as
follows:

Ordinary shares

Paid interim dividend of 6.3p per share (last year 4.8p per share)
Proposed final dividend of 12.0p per share (last year 9.2p per share)

Total ordinary dividend, 18.3p per share (last year 14.0p per share)

£m

106.0
204.0

310.0

The final ordinary dividend will be paid on 13 July 2007 to shareholders whose names are on the Register of Members at the close
of business on 1 June 2007.

Changes in share capital
(i) Issue of new ordinary shares
During the period, 17,336,086 ordinary shares in the Company were issued as follows:

• 6,550 shares under the terms of the 1984 Executive Share Option Scheme at a price of 458p;

• 328,531 shares under the terms of the 1997 Executive Share Option Scheme at prices between 358p and 557p;

• 201,694 shares under the terms of the 2000 Executive Share Option Scheme at prices between 215p and 350p;

• 4,985,243 shares under the terms of the 2002 Executive Share Option Scheme at prices between 270p and 353p; and

• 11,814,068 shares under the terms of the United Kingdom Employees’ Save As You Earn Share Option Scheme at prices

between 156p and 349p.

(ii) Purchase of ordinary shares
The Company is authorised by the shareholders to purchase, in the market, the Company’s own shares, as permitted under the
Company’s Articles of Association. The Company engages in share buy-backs to create value for the shareholders, when cash flow
permits and there is not an immediate alternative investment use for the funds. During the year, no shares were bought back under
this authority. This authority is renewable annually and approval will be sought from shareholders at the Annual General Meeting in
2007 to renew the authority for a further year. It is the Company’s present intention to cancel any shares it buys back, rather than
hold them in treasury.

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

i

l

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
32

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

Group Directors’ report continued

Major shareholders
Until 19 January 2007 the Company was required to keep a register of substantial shareholders recording notifiable interests
disclosed under sections 198 to 208 of the Companies Act 1985. As at 19 January 2007 the register of substantial shareholders
showed the following interests in 3% or more of the Company’s shares:

Brandes Investment Partners, L.P
Fidelity Intl, FMR Corp (and their direct and indirect subsidiaries)
Legal & General Group plc

ordinary shares

132,568,293
83,373,170
55,032,628

% of share
capital

7.81%
4.94%
3.20%

On 20 January 2007 the Companies Act 1985 provisions in respect of substantial shareholders were repealed and the Disclosure
and Transparency Rules of the FSA (the ‘DTR’) came into force.

As at 10 May 2007, the Company had been notified under DTR5 of the following significant holdings of voting rights in its shares:

Brandes Investment Partners, L.P (21.3.07)
Legal & General Group plc (23.2.07)
Deutsche Bank AG (30.3.07)
Deutsche Bank AG (30.3.07)

ordinary shares

111,595,173
59,701,580
44,868,790
6,429,000

% of share 
capital

6.57%
3.51%
2.64%
0.38%

nature of holding

Indirect Interest
Direct Interest
Direct Interest
Financial Instruments

(Under DTR5 Fidelity Intl, FMR Corp (and their direct and indirect subsidiaries) are no longer considered to have a significant holding
of voting rights in the share capital of the Company)

Board of directors
The membership of the Board and biographical details of the directors are given on page 27.

Lord Burns was appointed as Chairman at the conclusion of the 2006 AGM on 11 July 2006, when Paul Myners retired from the
Board. Kevin Lomax retired from the Board as a non-executive director on 31 August 2006. 

Martha Lane Fox will join the Board as a non-executive director on 1 June 2007.

Jack Keenan will retire from the Board following the 2007 AGM on 10 July 2007, when he will have completed two three-year terms
as a non-executive director.

Directors’ indemnities
The Company maintains directors’ and officers’ liability insurance which gives appropriate cover for any legal action brought against
its directors. The Company has also provided an indemnity for its directors and the Group Secretary, which is a qualifying third party
indemnity provision for the purposes of section 309B of the Companies Act 1985.

Directors’ interests 
The beneficial and non-beneficial interests of the directors and connected persons in the shares of the Company are shown on page
47. Options granted under the Save As You Earn (SAYE) Share Option and Executive Share Option Schemes are shown on page
49. Further information regarding employee share option schemes is given in note 12 to the financial statements.

Directors’ responsibilities
The directors are obliged under company law to prepare financial statements for each financial year and to present them annually 
to the Company’s members in the Annual General Meeting.

The financial statements, of which the form and content is prescribed by the Companies Act 1985 and applicable accounting
standards, must give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company and the Group at the end of the financial year, and 
of the profit for that period.

The directors are also responsible for the adoption of suitable accounting policies and their consistent use in the financial
statements, supported where necessary by reasonable and prudent judgements.

The directors ensure the maintenance and integrity of the Company’s website. Information published on the internet is accessible in
many countries with different legal requirements. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of
financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

The directors confirm that the above requirements have been complied with in the financial statements.

In addition, the directors are responsible for maintaining adequate accounting records and sufficient internal controls to safeguard
the assets of the Group and to prevent and detect fraud or any other irregularities, as described more fully in the Corporate
Governance statement on page 42. 

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

33

Audit information
The directors confirm that, so far as they are aware, there is no
relevant audit information of which the Company’s auditors are
unaware and that each director has taken all the steps that they
ought to have taken as a director to make themselves aware of
any relevant audit information and to establish that the
Company’s auditors are aware of that information.

Employee involvement
We have maintained our commitment to employee involvement
throughout the business.

Employees are kept well informed of the performance and
objectives of the Group through personal briefings, regular
meetings, electronic communications and Chief Executive
broadcasts at key points in the year to all head office employees
and store management. These are supplemented by our
employee publications including, 'Your M&S' magazine, and
DVD presentations. More than 3,500 employees elected onto
Business Involvement Groups across every store and head
office location represent their colleagues in two-way
communication and consultation with the Company. They have
continued to play a key role in a wide variety of business
changes including proposals in January 2007 to put our final
salary pension scheme on a more secure footing for the future. 

The twelfth meeting of the European Council took place last
July. This council provides an additional forum for informing,
consulting and involving employee representatives from the
countries in the European Community. 

Employees with disabilities
It is our policy that people with disabilities should have full and
fair consideration for all vacancies. During the year, we
continued to use the Government’s ‘two ticks’ disability symbol
to demonstrate our commitment to interviewing those people
with disabilities who fulfil the minimum criteria, and endeavouring
to retain employees in the workforce if they become disabled
during employment. We will actively retrain and adjust their
environment where possible to allow them to maximise their
potential.

We continue to work with external organisations to provide
workplace opportunities through our innovative ‘Marks & Start’
scheme and by working closely with jobcentreplus.

Creditor payment policy
For all trade creditors, it is the Group’s policy to:

•

•

agree the terms of payment at the start of business with that
supplier;

ensure that suppliers are aware of the terms of payment;
and

• pay in accordance with its contractual and other legal

obligations.

The main trading company, Marks and Spencer plc, has a policy
concerning the payment of trade creditors as follows:

• general merchandise is automatically paid for 11 working

days from the end of the week of delivery;

Directors and senior management regularly visit stores and
discuss, with employees, matters of current interest and
concern to the business. 

•

food is paid for 13 working days from the end of the week of
delivery (based on the timely receipt of an accurate invoice);
and

Share schemes are a long-established part of our total reward
package, encouraging and supporting employee share
ownership. In particular, over 21,000 employees currently
participate in the Company’s All Employee Sharesave Scheme.
Full details of all schemes are given on pages 45-46.

We maintain contact with retired staff through communications
from the Company and the Pension Trust. Member-nominated
Trustees have been elected to the Pension Trust Board,
including employees and pensioners. We continue to produce 
a regular Pensions Update newsletter for members of our final
salary pension scheme and our M&S Retirement Plan. 

Equal opportunities
The Group is committed to an active Equal Opportunities Policy
from recruitment and selection, through training and
development, appraisal and promotion to retirement.

It is our policy to promote an environment free from
discrimination, harassment and victimisation, where everyone
will receive equal treatment regardless of gender, colour, ethnic
or national origin, disability, age, marital status, sexual orientation
or religion. All decisions relating to employment practices will be
objective, free from bias and based solely upon work criteria
and individual merit.

The Group is responsive to the needs of its employees,
customers and the community at large and we are an
organisation that endeavours to use everyone’s talents and
abilities to the full.

• distribution suppliers are paid monthly, for costs incurred in

that month, based on estimates, and payments are adjusted
quarterly to reflect any variations to estimate.

Trade creditor days for Marks and Spencer plc for the year
ended 31 March 2007 were 14.7 days, or 9.8 working days (last
year 13.1 days, or 8.8 working days), based on the ratio of
company trade creditors at the end of the year to the amounts
invoiced during the year by trade creditors.

Market value of properties
The last formal valuation of the Group’s properties was carried
out as at 30 September 2006. Taking into account movements
in the Group’s property portfolio since that date, the directors
are of the opinion that the market value of the Group’s properties,
at 31 March 2007 exceeded their net book value (including
prepayments in respect of leasehold land) of the fixed asset 
and leasehold properties by approximately £1.1bn.

Charitable donations
During the year, the Group made charitable donations to
support the community of £13.9m (last year £9.3m). These
principally consisted of cash donations of £3.8m (last year
£3.4m) which includes the cost of our flagship community
programme ‘Marks & Start’, Breakthrough Breast Cancer,
Prostate Cancer Awareness and other charitable donations,
£3.0m (last year £1.3m) of employee time principally for the
‘Marks & Start’ programme and local community projects, 
and stock donations of £6.6m (last year £4.2m) to a variety of
charities including Shelter, Fareshare, Birth Defects Foundation

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

l

i

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
34

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

Group Directors’ report continued

as well as to the local community. Following the collapse of the
Farepak Christmas savings scheme at the end of 2006, we
replaced the lost savings of around 420 employees in full 
with M&S gift vouchers. We also donated £250,000 to the
Farepak Response Fund set up to provide some compensation
for savers.

Political donations
It is our policy not to make donations for political purposes in
the UK, to donate to EU Political parties or incur EU Political
Expenditure. Accordingly neither the Company nor its
subsidiaries made any Political Donations or incurred Political
Expenditure in the financial year under review. 

Under the provisions of the Political Parties, Elections and
Referendums Act 2000, shareholder authority is required for
Political Donations to be made or Political Expenditure to be
incurred by the Company or any of its subsidiaries in the EU 
and disclose any such payments in the Annual report. The
legislation gives a wide definition of what constitutes Political
Donations and Political Expenditure including sponsorship,
subscriptions, payment of expenses, paid leave for employees
fulfilling public duties and support for bodies representing the
business community in policy review or reform. The Company
has therefore obtained limited authority from shareholders as 
a precautionary measure to allow the Company to continue
supporting the community and such organisations without
inadvertently breaching the legislation. 

At the 2006 AGM the Board obtained authority to make Political
Donations or to incur Political Expenditure in the EU (which
would not ordinarily be regarded as political donations) up to 
an aggregate annual limit of £100,000 for each of the six
principal employing companies. This authority will expire in 2010.

Going concern
After making enquires, the directors have a reasonable
expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue
in operational existence for the foreseeable future. For this
reason, they have adopted the going concern basis in preparing
the financial statements.

Auditors
Resolutions to reappoint PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as
auditors of the Company and to authorise the Audit Committee
to determine their remuneration will be proposed at the 2007
AGM.

Annual general meeting
The Notice of the AGM to be held on 10 July 2007 is given,
together with explanatory notes, in the booklet which
accompanies this report.

By order of the Board
Graham Oakley, Group Secretary
London 
21 May 2007

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

35

Corporate governance statement

The Board is committed to achieving long term success for the
Company by building a sustainable business for the long term,
generating shareholder value through consistent, profitable
growth whilst making sure that our customers can always trust
us to do the right thing. This statement explains our governance
policies and practices and provides insight into how the Board
and management run the business for the benefit of shareholders.
The governance rules which apply to all UK companies listed on
the London Stock Exchange are found in the Combined Code
on Corporate Governance which was updated by the Financial
Reporting Council in June 2006 (the ‘Code’). A detailed account
of how we comply with the Code’s principles can be found at
www.marksandspencer.com/investorrelations, together with the
matters reserved to the Board and terms of reference of the
Audit, Remuneration and Nomination Committees.

The Board
Membership
On 1 April 2007 the Board comprised nine directors: the
Chairman, Chief Executive, two executive directors and five 
non-executive directors. The five non-executive directors are 
all considered by the Board to be independent of management.
Collectively the Board is responsible for the success of 
the Company. A full list of the directors, with details of their
biographies and committee membership, is given on page 27.
On 24 January 2007 we announced that Jack Keenan, non-
executive director, will be retiring from the Board following the
AGM to be held on Tuesday 10 July 2007, when he will have
completed two three-year terms as a non-executive director. 
On 22 May 2007 we announced the appointment of 
Martha Lane Fox as a non-executive director with effect from 
1 June 2007. On 25 April 2007 we announced a number of
senior management changes (described on page 10) to position
the Company for the next phase of its growth. Following these
changes, the responsibilities of the executive directors was 
re-aligned. Stuart Rose will continue to manage the trading
functions and will add International to his direct reports. With the
store modernisation programme well under way, Ian Dyson will
now be responsible for Store Design and Development and
Procurement, alongside his current responsibilities for Finance,
Property and IT. Steven Sharp remains responsible for Marketing
and the M&S Money relationship with HSBC and will also focus
on the next generation of store design.

Chairman
Lord Burns was appointed Chairman on 11 July 2006, having
joined the Board as Deputy Chairman on 1 October 2005. As
Chairman he leads the Board and is responsible for ensuring its
proper functioning, the balance and mix of its membership,
subject to Board and shareholder approval, and for encouraging
all directors to play their full part in debating matters to deliver
value to shareholders. He ensures effective communication with
shareholders and that Board members have a sound
understanding of the views of all investors. The Chairman also
leads the formal assessment of Board and individual director
performance. 

The Chairman ensures that the directors receive accurate, timely
and clear information. Directors are encouraged to update their
skills, knowledge and familiarity with the Group through their
initial induction, on-going participation at Board and committee
meetings, and through meeting our people at store locations
and elsewhere. Views of customers and shareholders are also
shared through Board presentations. The Board is regularly
updated on governance and regulatory matters. There is an
established procedure whereby the Board or any of its
committees may take independent professional advice when
appropriate. Any individual director, wishing to do so in the
furtherance of their duties, may take independent professional
advice through the secretary at the Company's expense. The
Company maintains liability insurance for its directors and
officers. In addition, the directors and secretary have been
granted qualifying third party indemnities.

Chief Executive
Stuart Rose as Chief Executive has delegated authority from the
Board for all aspects of the management of the Group and its
business, which includes developing the appropriate business
strategies for Board approval and achieving timely and effective
implementation. He ensures that, within the strategies agreed by
the Board, appropriate objectives and policies are adopted for
each area of the business, that appropriate budgets are set and
that their performance is effectively managed in keeping with the
Group’s values and business principles. The principal business
unit directors report directly to the Chief Executive and give
regular presentations to the Board on strategies and
performance in their relevant areas of the business. 

Senior Independent Director
Sir David Michels succeeded Kevin Lomax as Senior
Independent Director on 1 September 2006. He provides a
communication channel between the Chairman and the non-
executive directors and ensures that the views of each non-
executive director are given due consideration. He is an
additional contact point for shareholders if they have reason for
concern that cannot be addressed through the normal channels
of Chairman, Chief Executive or Finance Director or for which
such contact is inappropriate. He also reviews the Chairman’s
performance on behalf of the Board. 

The Non-Executive Directors
The non-executive directors provide a varied range of skills and
experience to the Group. They bring an independent judgement
on issues of strategy, performance, risk and people through
their contribution at Board and committee meetings. The
Chairman concludes that each non-executive director is
independent in character and judgement and that each makes
an effective and valuable contribution to the Board and
demonstrates commitment to the role. Any term beyond six
years (ie two three-year terms) for a non-executive director is
subject to rigorous review. 

Following the appointment of new non-executive directors in
February and March 2006 and June 2007, the Board has
reviewed committee membership to refresh the skills,
knowledge and experience of the Audit, Remuneration and
Nomination Committees.

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

i

l

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
36

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

Corporate governance statement continued

The Committee assists the Board in fulfilling its oversight
responsibilities. Its primary functions are:

•

•

•

to monitor the integrity of the financial statements and other
information to shareholders;

to review the systems of internal control and risk
management; and

to maintain an appropriate relationship with the Company's
external auditors and to review the effectiveness and
objectivity of the audit process. 

It met four times during the year and items reviewed include:
General Merchandise direct buying processes; General
Merchandise distribution centre operations; e-commerce; Food
buying; Food stock management; Food primary logistics; and
financial controls over sales, stock and cash. The Committee
received updates for Business Continuity Planning and Finance
systems implementation and reviewed the effectiveness of the
Group’s whistleblowing process. Private meetings have been
held separately with the external auditors and the Chief Internal
Auditor. 

The Audit Committee keeps under review the independence
and objectivity of the external auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers
LLP (‘PwC’), including the review of audit fee proposals and
non-audit fees. An engagement and fee approvals process is 
in place which requires prior approval from the Committee for
some engagements and excludes others. In some cases, the
nature of the non-audit advice may make it more timely and
cost-effective to select PwC, who already have a good
understanding of the Group. PwC may also be appointed for
consultancy work, but only after rigorous checks, including
competitive tender, to confirm they are the best provider. PwC 
is also subject to professional standards which safeguard the
integrity of the auditing role performed on behalf of
shareholders. As authorised by shareholders at the AGM in July
2006, the Audit Committee determines the level of remuneration
for the external auditors on behalf of the Board. Details of this
year's fees are given in note 4 to the financial statements. 

The Board has satisfied itself that at least one member of the
Audit Committee has recent and relevant financial experience
and is confident that the collective experience of the members
enables them to act as an effective Audit Committee. The
Committee also has access to the financial expertise of the
Group and its auditors and can seek further professional advice
at the Company’s expense, if required.

Graham Oakley, Group Secretary, acts as a sounding board 
to the Chairman and individual directors. He supports the
Chairman in ensuring the Board functions effectively and 
fulfils its role. He is secretary of the Audit, Remuneration 
and Nomination Committees and also heads the Corporate
Governance Group, which supports the Board and its
committees, as well as providing advice on a range of issues 
to commercial colleagues. 

The Board has a formal schedule of matters reserved for its
decision and delegates certain matters to committees as set 
out below. The Board determines the overall Group strategy;
creation, acquisition or disposal of material corporate entities 
or assets; development and protection of the brand; matters of
public interest that could affect the Group's reputation; public
announcements including statutory accounts; significant
changes in accounting policy; capital structure and dividend
policy; operating plans and key performance indicators;
prosecution, defence or settlement of material litigation; Group
remuneration policy and Board structure, composition and
succession. The full schedule of matters reserved for the Board
can be found at www.marksandspencer.com/investorrelations 

We are committed to our principles of Quality, Value, Service,
Innovation and Trust. Trust is earned from others as a result of
our commitment to long-held values and the way we behave.
Our Code of Ethics outlines the behaviours that M&S expects
from employees whether they are dealing with our customers,
suppliers, shareholders or colleagues. It also includes guidelines
on the environment, fraud and financial reporting and the
management of conflicts of interest. It is circulated to employees
on an annual basis and senior managers are required to sign
their annual acceptance of the Code of Ethics. 

In addition, in January 2007 we announced Plan A, our
business wide ‘eco plan’ setting out our ambition to change the
way we operate over the next five years. Plan A is overseen by
the How we do business Committee whose role is described 
on page 37.

Committees of the Board
The principal committees of the Board are the Audit,
Remuneration and Nomination Committees. The written terms
of reference of each committee can be found at
www.marksandspencer.com/investorrelations

Audit Committee
The Audit Committee comprises four independent non-
executive directors. Jeremy Darroch who is the Chief Financial
Officer of British Sky Broadcasting plc, took over the Chair of
the Committee on 1 September 2006. The other members 
are Steven Holliday, Jack Keenan and Sir David Michels. 
Jack Keenan will retire as a member when he retires from the
Board following the AGM on 10 July 2007. Kevin Lomax was
Chairman of the Committee until he retired from the Board on
31 August 2006. Sir David Michels joined the Committee 
on 26 May 2006. Martha Lane Fox will join the Committee on 
1 June 2007.

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

37

Under the Company’s Articles of Association, all directors 
seek election at their first Annual General Meeting following
appointment and all directors are required to offer themselves
for re-election at least every three years. Following the
introduction of The Employment Equality (Age) Regulations 2006
and the repeal of a provision in the Companies Act 1985, it is
proposed that the requirement in our Articles for directors
reaching the age of 70 or more to retire and seek re-election
annually, be removed. An amendment to the Company’s Articles
is to be proposed at the 2007 AGM.

How we do business Committee
The Corporate Social Responsibility Committee, was
reconstituted in November 2006 as an Executive Committee,
called the How we do business (‘HWDB’) Committee, to 
ensure that the ‘way we do business’ is integral to the way 
the business operates. It comprises Stuart Rose (Chairman),
Steven Sharp and 10 members of senior management who hold
responsibilities for key aspects of our social, environmental and
ethical performance. Paul Myners was Committee Chairman
until he retired from the Board on 11 July 2006. Lord Burns 
was a Committee member becoming Committee Chairman 
on 12 July 2006. Both Lord Burns and Jack Keenan left the
Committee when it was reconstituted in November 2006. 

The Committee’s primary aim is to oversee the implementation
of Plan A, a business-wide ‘eco plan’ impacting on every 
part of the Company’s operations over the next five years, 
whilst providing the Board with an overview of the social,
environmental and ethical impacts of the Group’s activities and
how they are being managed. The key commitments set out in
Plan A, on climate change, waste, raw materials, fair trade and
healthy eating are reviewed and their implementation overseen
by the Committee. 

Further information is given on pages 10-11 and in our 
HWDB report, available on the Company's website at
www.marksandpsencer.com/howwedobusinessreport2007,
which details our commitments and performance to date,
including references to the United Nations Global Reporting
Index.

Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee comprises four independent non-
executive directors. Louise Patten took over the Chair of the
Committee on 1 January 2007. The other members are Steven
Holliday, Jack Keenan and Sir David Michels. Jack Keenan was
Committee Chairman until 31 December 2006 and will remain a
member of the Committee until he retires from the Board
following the AGM on 10 July 2007. Sir David Michels was
appointed to the Committee on 26 May 2006 and Kevin Lomax
was a member of the Committee until he retired from the Board
on 31 August 2006. Martha Lane Fox will join the Committee on
1 June 2007.

It met eight times during the year and its primary role is to
recommend to the Board the remuneration strategy and
framework, giving due regard to the financial and commercial
health of the Company and to ensure the executive directors
and senior management are fairly rewarded for their individual
contributions to the Company’s overall performance. The
remuneration of the non-executive directors is determined by
the Chairman and the executive directors. 

The Remuneration Report is set out on pages 44-50 as required
by the Directors' Remuneration Report Regulations 2002.

Nomination Committee
The Nomination Committee comprises the Chairman, the 
Chief Executive and five independent non-executive directors, 
Lord Burns is Committee Chairman. The other members are
Jeremy Darroch, Steven Holliday, Jack Keenan, Sir David Michels,
Louise Patten and Stuart Rose. Kevin Lomax was a member of
the Committee until he retired from the Board on 31 August
2006. Stuart Rose joined the Committee on 24 January 2007.
Jack Keenan will retire as a Committee member when he retires
from the Board following the AGM on 10 July 2007. 
Martha Lane Fox will join the Committee on 1 June 2007.

It met once during the year as the review of senior succession
was conducted by the full Board in June 2006, rather than the
Committee. Its role is to ensure that appropriate procedures are
in place for the nomination, selection, training and evaluation of
directors and for successional plans. The Committee reviews
the Company’s Board structure, size, composition and
successional needs, thereby keeping under consideration the
balance of membership and the required blend of skills,
knowledge and experience of the Board. Appointments are
made on merit and against objective criteria to ensure that the
Board maintains an appropriate balance of skills and
experience.

On 22 May 2007 we announced the appointment of a new 
non-executive, Martha Lane Fox, with effect from 1 June 2007. 
This followed a search by an external search consultancy
commissioned by the Nomination Committee. The candidates
were shortlisted by the Chairman and Chief Executive and the
preferred candidate then seen by a wider group of directors.

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

l

i

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
38

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

Corporate governance statement continued

The following table sets out the number of meetings of the Board and its committees during the year and individual attendance by
Board and committee members at those meetings:

Name of Director

Lord Burns, Chairman (Deputy until 11 July 2006)
Paul Myners, Chairman (retired 11 July 2006)
Stuart Rose, Chief Executive 

Executive Directors
Ian Dyson 
Steven Sharp 

Non-Executive Directors
Jeremy Darroch 
Steven Holliday1
Jack Keenan
Kevin Lomax (retired 31 August 2006)
Sir David Michels2
Louise Patten3

A = Maximum number of meetings the director could have attended

B = Number of meetings the director actually attended

Group
Board
B

Audit
Committee
B
A

Remuneration
Committee
B 
A

Nomination
Committee
B
A

10
4
10

10
10

10
8
10
4
10
10

–
–
–

–
–

4
4
4
1
3
–

–
–
–

–
–

4
3
4
1
1
–

–
–
–

–
–

-
8
8
3
7
8

–
–
–

–
–

-
7
8
3
7
7

1
–
1

–
–

1
1
1
–
1
1

1
–
1

–
–

1
0
1
–
1
1

A

10
4
10

10
10

10
10
10
4
10
10

1 Steven Holliday was unable to attend the Audit Committee meeting on 16 May 2006, the Board meeting on 6 November 2006, the Nomination Committee meeting 

on 23 January 2007 and the Board and Remuneration Committee meetings on 24 January 2007 due to overseas commitments with National Grid plc. 

2 Sir David Michels was unable to attend the Audit Committee meetings on 4 September and 1 November 2006 as the meeting dates had been set prior to his

appointment to the Committee. 

3 Louise Patten was unable to attend the Remuneration Committee meeting on 10 May 2006 due to her attendance as Chairman at the AGM of Brixton plc.

Board performance evaluation
The approach taken during 2006/07 was to further develop the thorough and robust process adopted in 2005/06 and to evolve this to
the next stage. The Board was keen to ensure that the evaluation was a continuous process building on the previous year’s evaluation.

In September 2006, the Chairman agreed with the Board that a thorough review would be conducted combining the use of a
questionnaire and one-to-one interviews led by the Chairman. The questionnaire focused on four key areas and also allowed
opportunity for the Directors to give additional constructive feedback via a free text box. All results were collated electronically. A
non-attributable executive summary focusing on the key themes was prepared and used as the start of the one-to-one discussions
for the Chairman and the Directors and the Chairman gave initial feedback to the Board on the key findings and how the subsequent
action plan should be managed and reviewed. 

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

39

The success of this year's approach has been due to a number
of key factors:

•

•

•

evolving and building on the process used in 2005/06 and
using this as a starting point for the design of the 2006/07
review. This ensured that we built on the lessons learnt,
were not starting afresh, and focused on any areas that had
been identified previously;

the approach was vigorous but simple and for the first time
the questionnaire was conducted electronically;

ensuring that the Chairman gained buy-in from all Board
members as to how the process should be conducted and
the need to ensure that this is an integral part of how they
work during 2007/08.

Committees Performance Evaluation
The process for reviewing the Committees in 2006/07 has been
to combine on-going reviews with a simple questionnaire led by
each of the respective chairmen. 

The Audit and Remuneration Committees undertook a review
looking at their method of operation and processes and
combined this with the use of a questionnaire which was
conducted in March 2007. This proved particularly valuable
given the change of Chairmanship of both of these committees
(Audit – Jeremy Darroch and Remuneration – Louise Patten)
during the year. An executive summary was produced for the
Chairmen of both Committees which they discussed with their
respective Committee members.

The Nomination Committee reviewed its membership during the
year appointing Stuart Rose as a member, prior to its dedicated
session in January 2007 on succession planning.

Succession Planning and Senior Leadership Development 
The Board Performance Evaluation in 2005/06 identified that
this was an area the Board wished to give a greater focus to in
the future. Significant progress has been made in this area
during the year including:

•

•

•

twice-yearly reviews of individuals of the two levels beneath
the Board (full Board – June 2006 and Nomination
Committee – January 2007);

regular risk assessment of Succession Planning with
mitigating action identified;

a development programme established for high potential
individuals.

On 25 April 2007 we announced a number of senior
management changes to position the Company for the next
phase of its growth. We recruited two new people for positions
just below Board level as Director of Food and Director of
International Business. We also made further changes to our top
30 senior management, including three new director roles within
the Food Division, building on the appointments made in
October 2006.

Accountability and audit
The Group’s overriding corporate objective is to maximise long-
term shareholder value whilst exceeding the expectations of our
customers, employees and partners. In doing so, the directors
recognise that creating value is the reward for taking and
accepting risk. 

The Board has overall responsibility for the Group’s approach 
to assessing risk and systems of internal control, and for
monitoring their effectiveness in providing shareholders with 
a return that is consistent with a responsible assessment and
mitigation of risks. This includes reviewing financial, operational
and compliance controls and risk management procedures. 
The role of executive management is to implement the Board’s
policies on risk and control and to provide assurance on
compliance with these policies. Independent assurance is
provided by internal audit, which operates across the Group,
and the external auditors. All employees are accountable for
operating within these policies. 

Because of the limitations that are inherent in any system of
internal control, this system is designed to manage, rather than
eliminate, the risk of failure to achieve corporate objectives.
Accordingly, it can only provide reasonable but not absolute
assurance against material misstatement or loss.

Risk assessment
Every six months the Board reviews the Group Risk Profile – the
tool that drives risk assessment and action planning. This is
supported by an on-going process for identifying, evaluating and
managing the significant risks faced by the Group. As an integral
part of planning and review, managers from each business area
and major projects:

•

•

identify the risks to their plans;

evaluate the risks using likelihood and impact; and

• document the actions being taken to manage those risks. 

This process has been in place for the year under review and up
to the date of approval of the Annual report and accounts. It 
has been regularly reviewed by the Board and accords with the
Internal Control Guidance for directors on the Code produced
by the Financial Reporting Council.

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

i

l

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
40

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

Corporate governance statement continued

Principal Risks and Uncertainties
There are risks and uncertainties which could impact the Group’s long-term performance. The risk assessment process is designed
to identify, manage and mitigate business risk. The table below gives examples of activities across Group functions to mitigate
against risks and uncertainties identified. The Board considers that these are the most significant risks to achieving business goals.
The risks listed do not comprise all those associated with Marks & Spencer and are not set out in any order of priority. Additional
risks and uncertainties not presently known to management, or currently deemed to be less material, may also have an adverse
effect on the business.

Risk

Impact

Examples of Mitigating Activities 

PRODUCT: We aim to provide a wide choice of great value, quality food, clothing and home products, which are all sourced and
made responsibly.

Clothing and Home
We fail to achieve further
sales growth in an
increasingly competitive
environment with 
potentially weaker 
economic conditions.

See pp 12-15 
and 24-25

Food
We fail to deliver profitable
sales growth while
maintaining an innovation
gap over competitors.

See pp 16-19

Adverse effect on
financial results

Lost market share and
customer loyalty

• New and better product, better styling and better value with particular

focus on key departments

• Shorter buying lead times to accommodate fast sellers and new fashion
• Re-alignment of product footage by size of store 
• Tracking of customer perceptions of product
• Review of supply chain capacity, sourcing and planning to manage

volume growth

• Growth of international business through our owned and franchised

•

stores
Improved e-commerce capability focusing on functionality, availability 
and fulfilment

• Plan A initiatives, eg ethical sourcing

Adverse effect on
financial results

•

Increase of Simply Food footage and development of e-commerce as
new routes to market

• Continual product and technical innovation to maintain competitive

Lost market share and
customer loyalty

advantage

• Response to new trends in eating and customer demand for fresh,

natural and healthy food
Independent quality assessment of key food lines

•
• Tracking of customer perceptions of product
• Plan A initiatives, eg differentiated raw materials

SERVICE: We have been investing in our people to ensure that we meet our customers’ expectations of consistently great service,
no matter when or where they visit us.

People
We fail to attract, develop
and retain talent with the
correct skills and capability
for succession.

See page 10 and pp 20-21

Inability to develop and
execute business plans

Competitive
disadvantage

• Competitive reward packages
• Personal performance reviews, development plans and career paths  
• Buying Academies in head office and coaches in stores
•

Internal and external talent reviews resulting in promotions and external
appointments

• Graduate recruitment and development
• Employee communication
• Tracking of employee satisfaction surveys
• Tracking of customer perceptions of service

Business Interruption
We fail to respond to or
recover from a major
incident.

Inability to operate
effectively

• Business continuity and recovery plans in place and regularly tested
• Recoverability of critical IT operations
• Alternative workplace solutions for head office
• Remote working capabilities in place

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

41

Principal Risks and Uncertainties

Risk

Impact

Examples of Mitigating Activities 

ENVIRONMENT: We are opening new stores and modernising our existing portfolio to ensure we provide an exciting shopping
experience in the right place, in the right space. 

Stores
We fail to deliver new real
estate, extensions and
modernisations safely, on
time and to budget. 

Unacceptable return on
investment 

• Property strategy developed to ensure good representation through our

store portfolio

• Governance and resource in place to achieve timelines, budgets and

Damage to reputation

safety controls 

• Modernisation programme under way to provide more convenient,

exciting and modern shopping 

See pp 22-23 

• Tracking of customer perceptions of shopping environment

PLAN A: Our five-year ‘eco plan’, launched in January 2007, to tackle challenges across five areas: climate change, waste,
sustainable raw materials, fair partner and health.

Plan A 
We fail to manage, measure
and communicate progress
against our Plan A
commitments.

Lost stakeholder trust
and confidence

Damage to reputation

• 100 point plan announced and monitored
• Governance in place to achieve our commitments
• Baselines, KPIs and accountabilities identified
• Plan A integrated into day-to-day operation including Plan A champions

throughout head office and stores

• Open dialogue with stakeholders to develop our mutual understanding of

See pp 9-11

the challenges we face 

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

i

l

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
42

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

Corporate governance statement continued

Internal control
The Board maintains full control and direction over appropriate
strategic, financial, organisational and compliance issues. It has
delegated to executive management the implementation of the
systems of internal control within an established framework. 

The Board has put in place an organisational structure with
formally defined lines of responsibility and delegation of
authority. There are also established procedures for planning,
capital expenditure, information and reporting systems, and for
monitoring the Group’s businesses and their performance.
These include:

Plans and policies
•

communication of the Group's strategy, objectives and
targets;

•

annual operating and capital plans and future projections;

• operating policies and procedures;

•

•

•

clearly defined capital investment control guidelines;

review of treasury policies by the Board; and

review of social, environmental and ethical matters by the
How we do business Committee.

Competent people
•

appointment of employees of the necessary calibre to fulfil
their allotted responsibilities; and

•

clear roles and accountabilities with regular performance
reviews.

Monitor and control
•

review by operating divisions of their plans with the relevant
executive directors prior to submission to the Board for
approval, including identification and assessment of risks;

• monthly comparison of operating divisions’ actual financial

performance against budget; and

•

regular consideration by the Board of year end forecasts.

Regulatory update
•

reporting of accounting and legal developments; and

•

regular briefings on latest best practice corporate
governance to the Board.

Assurance
On behalf of the Board, the Audit Committee examines the
effectiveness of the Group's:

•

•

•

•

assessment of risk by reviewing evidence of risk assessment
activity and a report from internal audit on the process
undertaken; 

systems of internal control, primarily through approving the
internal audit plan and reviewing its findings, reviews of the
annual and interim financial statements and a review of the
nature, scope and reports of the external audit;

action plans taken, or to be taken, to remedy any significant
failings or weaknesses identified; and 

action plans in place to manage significant risks.

The Audit Committee has completed its review of the
effectiveness of the Group’s systems of internal control 
during the year, which are in compliance with the Turnbull
Guidance 2005. It confirms the necessary action plans to
remedy identified weaknesses in internal control are in place 
and have been throughout the year.

Internal audit's work is focused on areas of priority as identified
by the Group Risk Profile and in accordance with an annual
audit plan approved each year by the Audit Committee and 
by the Board. The Board receives a full report from the Chief
Internal Auditor each year on the department’s work and
findings and regular interim updates on specific issues. 
The Audit Committee monitors and assesses the role and
effectiveness of the internal audit function on behalf of 
the Board.

The external auditors are engaged to express an opinion on the
financial statements. They review and test the systems of
internal financial control and the data contained in the financial
statements to the extent necessary to express their audit
opinion. They discuss with management the reporting of
operational results and the financial position of the Group and
present their findings to the Audit Committee. 

Relations with shareholders
We continue to be committed to on-going engagement with
shareholders and have a well established cycle of
communication based on the Group’s financial reporting
calendar. This includes our preliminary results in May, Annual
report in June, half year results in November and trading
updates, now called interim management statements, in July
and January. We promote the use of electronic communication -
all Company announcements and presentations are made
available simultaneously on our website, together with webcasts
of our financial results and AGM presentations. Our website also
contains up to date corporate and customer information including
the full response to the Code, matters reserved to the Board
and terms of reference for the principal Board Committees. 

For improved accessibility we make Audio and large print
versions of the text from our Annual review available on our
website. In 2006 we advertised our half year results in two
national newspapers and made the full statement available on
our website. All of these can also be provided in hard copy by
writing to the Group Secretary.

Our registrars continue to enhance their electronic
communication service for our shareholders through
www.shareview.co.uk. This offers a number of capabilities
ranging from electing to receive communications electronically to
checking shareholdings and dividend information online.

Private investors continue to own a particularly high percentage
of M&S shares in comparison to other large UK companies. We
make a special effort to ensure communications and policies are
appropriate to the needs of the private investor. Communication
channels are available for all stakeholders to make their views
known, by e-mail at chairman@marks-and-spencer.com, or
telephone on 0845 609 0810 for shareholder queries or 
0845 302 1234 for customer queries. 

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

43

For institutional investors the focal point for contact is through
our Investor Relations department where regular dialogue is
maintained throughout the year. In 2006 the team won an award
for their communication and management services to the
investor community and were also highly commended for the
most progress in investor relations in a FTSE 100 company.

In 2006 votes cast represented 52% of the ordinary share
capital. All resolutions were passed with votes For resolutions
ranging from 86% to 99%. The 2006 AGM was attended by all
directors, including the Chairman of the Audit (Kevin Lomax),
Remuneration (Jack Keenan) and Nomination Committees 
(Lord Burns), who were available for questions.

At the 2007 AGM, in addition to the routine resolutions,
shareholders will be asked to vote on:

•

•

amendments to the Articles of Association, including
electronic communication; and

renewal of the All Employee share plan.

Many shareholders are also customers and in 2006 we sent
Spend and Save vouchers to our shareholders. These again
proved very popular. The offer for 2007/08 is being extended to
technology products and the convenience of shopping online.
Vouchers will be distributed with the January dividend and be
valid throughout February and March 2008.

Compliance with the Combined Code 2006
For the year ended 31 March 2007 the Company complied with
all the provisions of the Code.

Governance of the Group’s pension schemes
The Group operates a defined benefit scheme for all employees
with an appointment date prior to 1 April 2002 and a defined
contributory scheme open to those joining the Company on 
or after 1 April 2002. More information is given in note 11 on 
page 67-70.

The Board of the Pension Trust (‘Trustee Board’) manages 
the assets of the pension schemes which are held under trust
separately from those of the Group. The Board comprises 
Tony Watson as independent Chairman and Law Debenture
Trust as independent Trustee, together with five company
representatives and five member representatives.

In January 2007 the Company announced that the triennial
actuarial valuation of the Marks & Spencer UK defined benefit
pension scheme at 31 March 2006 resulted in a deficit of
£704m. The IAS 19 valuation as at 30 September 2006 was a
deficit of £1,031.7m. The Company has agreed with the Trustee
to fund the deficit by contributing £500m of value via an interest
in a property-backed partnership, with the remainder being 
met by investment returns on the assets. We consulted with
employees on a range of choices about how their pension
builds up in the future. There are three options from which
members can choose. With one of the options, members 
would make contributions to the scheme; with the other two,
members would not.

Our Chairman, Chief Executive and Group Finance Director play
key roles in our relationship with major shareholders and the
presentations of full and half year results are attended by all the
executive directors. The Senior Independent Director is also
available for shareholders as required. The Board is regularly
updated on the views of our major shareholders by the
Chairman following meetings they have with him, the Chief
Executive, the Group Finance Director or Investor Relations. 

In June the Board receives a presentation from external advisers
summarising the opinions of our principal shareholders,
following an extensive survey of their views after the release of
our year end results. This assists with the preparation for the
AGM, held in July, at which the Board's annual review is given
to shareholders and through which the support of shareholders
is secured by voting on resolutions, both via Proxy and in
person.

Our AGM is an important day in our corporate calendar, and is
well attended by shareholders. In 2005 and 2006 the AGM was
held at the ICC in Birmingham and in 2007 will return to
London, being held at Earls Court 2 on 10 July 2007. Prior to
the meeting an exhibition is hosted by our senior retail and
business managers, who are available for questions, as are the
Chairman, Chief Executive and other members of the Board. 

Shareholder topics cards are sent with the Notice of Meeting
giving shareholders further opportunity to make their views
known to us. The three most frequently raised topics are
addressed at the meeting and a summary of all comments
passed to the Board and directors of each business unit.
Business presentations given on the day by the Chairman and
Chief Executive are available on our website after the meeting,
as are the questions raised during the meeting and answers
provided. 

The Board continues to encourage increased shareholder
voting, with further focus on the electronic voting systems
available. In 2006 87% of the proxy votes received were lodged
through the CREST system. We encourage private investors to
vote either electronically through www.sharevote.co.uk, by proxy
card or at the meeting. Since 2004 voting at the meeting has
been conducted by poll, using the electronic Votenow system,
rather than a show of hands. This gives a more democratic
result as all shares represented at the meeting and those lodged
before the meeting are included on a one share one vote basis.
All resolutions are voted separately using three way voting, as
recommended by the Code. Our Registrar records all Proxy
votes received up to 48 hours prior to our AGM and report the
votes For, Against or Vote withheld to the Chairman prior to the
meeting. These votes are included in the indicative poll result
screened at the meeting. The final results are announced via the
London Stock Exchange and published on our website following
independent verification by our registrars.

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

l

i

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
44

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

Remuneration report 

The Remuneration Committee has adopted the principles 
of good governance relating to directors’ remuneration as set
out in the Combined Code 2006. This report complies with the
Companies Act 1985, amended by the Directors’ Remuneration
Report Regulations 2002 and the Listing Rules of the Financial
Services Authority. These regulations require the Company’s
auditors to report on the ‘audited information’ within the report
and to state if this section of the report has been properly
prepared in accordance with the regulations. This report has
therefore, been divided into separate sections for unaudited 
and audited information. The report has been prepared on
behalf of the Board by the Remuneration Committee.

PART 1: UNAUDITED INFORMATION

Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee comprises four independent non-
executive directors. Louise Patten took over as Committee
Chairman on 1 January 2007. The other members are Steven
Holliday, Jack Keenan (Committee Chairman until 31 December
2006), and Sir David Michels, who joined the Committee on 26
May 2006. Kevin Lomax was a member of the Committee until
he retired from the Board on 31 August 2006. Martha Lane Fox
will join the Committee on 1 June 2007. There were eight
meetings of the Remuneration Committee during the period
under review and all individuals who were members of the
Committee at that time attended the meetings, with the
exception of Louise Patten who was absent on 10 May 2006
and Steven Holliday who was absent on 24 January 2007, due
to prior commitments.

The Committee keeps itself fully informed of all relevant
developments and best practice in the field of remuneration 
and seeks advice where appropriate from external advisors.
New Bridge Street Consultants LLP has provided material
advice to the Committee on directors’ remuneration and 
share schemes in the past year.

The Company Chairman, Chief Executive, Group Secretary 
and the Head of Senior Remuneration also materially assisted
the Committee in its deliberations, except in relation to their 
own remuneration.

The Remuneration Committee’s remit is set out in the terms 
of reference which are reviewed annually by the Board. A copy
of the terms of reference is available on the Company’s website.
The primary purposes include:

•

•

•

•

•

to recommend to the Board the senior remuneration
strategy and framework, giving due regard to the financial
and commercial health of the Company;

to determine the individual remuneration packages within
that framework for the executive directors and one level
below the Board (‘senior management’);

to approve the design of annual and long-term incentive
arrangements and agree the targets and levels of award;

to determine and agree the general terms and conditions 
of service contracts for senior management and the specific
terms for an individual either on recruitment or termination;
and

to determine the policy for, and scope of, senior
management pension arrangements.

The Board considers the principles of good governance when
deciding the remuneration strategy, and recognises that the level
of remuneration and benefits we offer is key to recruiting and
retaining talented individuals and maintaining our market position
as an employer of choice.

Remuneration policy
The Committee continually reviews the remuneration strategy 
to ensure it will enable the recruitment and retention of highly
skilled individuals who are key to the long-term growth of 
Marks & Spencer. The Company is delivering significantly
improved performance and generating substantial increases 
in profit and shareholder value, and to ensure this continuing
growth in a highly competitive retail sector, it is essential that 
the Senior Team is incentivised, motivated and retained.
Reviews in 2005 and 2006 resulted in changes to the incentive
arrangements to rebalance the package and provide a more
effective link between pay and performance for the various
levels of executive and to ensure the most senior executives
have a high proportion of pay at risk.

Executives are required to achieve demanding targets under 
the annual and long-term arrangements to receive rewards. 
The overall package supports the Company’s strategy and 
its commitment to continuous and sustainable enhancement 
of shareholder value.

Total remuneration for executive directors comprises salary,
variable pay, pension and benefits. Salary and benefits are 
set having regard to market practice and levels paid by similar
companies. Variable pay provides the opportunity to earn
greater amounts for the highest standards of performance. 
The performance-related element forms a significant proportion
of the total potential package.

There are two key components of variable pay: an Annual
Bonus Scheme (incorporating a deferred share element) and 
a Performance Share Plan. The ability to earn variable pay is
linked to the delivery of significant Company performance and
the expected value of the package both at on-target and
maximum is shown below.

Expected value of future annual remuneration package
for executive directors
‘On-target’ performance

Salary
36%

%
9

i

n
o
s
n
e
P

Annual
cash
bonus
9%

Long-term incentives
46%

‘Maximum’ performance

Salary
10%

%
3

i

n
o
s
n
e
P

Annual
cash
bonus
10%

Long-term incentives
77%

The value placed on long-term incentives comprises the
expected cash value to executives after three years, discounted
back to its present value, of (i) bonus compulsorily deferred into
shares and (ii) performance shares awarded under the
Performance Share Plan.

 
 
www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

45

Chairman’s Remuneration
The remuneration for the Chairman is determined by the Chief
Executive and the other members of the Board. The level of
remuneration for the Chairman reflects the commitment and
responsibilities of this role and is set having regard to market
practice. The fee is reviewed annually and is increased to
£450,000 from 1 April 2007. The Chairman has committed to
use 25% of his net fees to purchase shares in the Company 
on a quarterly basis.

Non-executive directors’ remuneration
The remuneration for the non-executive directors is determined
by the Chairman and executive directors and is designed both
to recognise the responsibilities of non-executive directors and
to attract individuals with the necessary skills and experience 
to contribute to the future growth of the Company. The non-
executive directors are paid a basic fee with additional fees
payable for Committee membership and to the chair of the
Committees. These fees are neither performance related nor
pensionable. Non-executive directors do not participate in 
any of the Company’s share schemes nor the Annual Bonus
Scheme. The fees shown in the emoluments table reflect 
the fees paid during the year. The basic fee increases from
£50,000 to £55,000 per annum, the additional fees for acting 
as Committee Chairman increases from £10,000 to £12,000 and
for Committee membership from £5,000 to £6,000 per annum.
These new fee levels are effective from 1 April 2007. The annual
fees for each individual are shown in the contract terms table 
on page 47.

Executive directors’ remuneration
Salaries and benefits
Salaries for executive directors are reviewed annually and 
any change to salary is normally effective from 1 January. The
Remuneration Committee takes into consideration a range of
factors when reviewing salaries such as Company performance,
level of salaries for large retailers and for other major FTSE 100
companies, market conditions, the level of increase awarded to
employees throughout the business and the responsibilities and
skills of individual directors. Current annual salaries for executive
directors are set out in the contract terms table page 47.

Stuart Rose, Ian Dyson and Steven Sharp received payments 
of 25% of total salary in lieu of pension and are not members 
of the Marks & Spencer Pension Scheme. Life Assurance for
these individuals is provided through a separate policy and the
value of these benefits is shown in the emoluments table, under
cash allowance and benefits on page 48.

For executive directors, where applicable, the provision of 
a car or car allowance, fuel and chauffeur is included in the
emoluments table as part of cash allowance and benefits.

Annual Bonus Scheme
The Annual Bonus Scheme is designed to focus and reward
executives for specific operational improvements which will drive
the Company’s performance. The 2006/07 bonus for directors
was at 60% of salary for on-target performance rising to a
maximum of 250% for exceeding targets.

The targets for the Company are determined annually by the
Remuneration Committee and incorporate a mixture of
corporate profit before tax and business unit and retail sales and
profit as appropriate. For 2006/07, the targets for the executive
directors were entirely based on the delivery of corporate profit
before tax. The Committee assesses the achievement of targets
for all executive directors and senior management prior to any
bonus awards being made.

This year, the corporate profit before tax targets have been
delivered in full and represent a significant improvement both 
on the reported profits for 2005/06 and against market
expectations at the beginning of the financial year. As a result,
maximum awards under the scheme of 250% of salary have
been made to Stuart Rose, Ian Dyson and Steven Sharp.

From the 2006/07 bonus payment, the executive directors are
required to defer 60% of any bonus paid into shares which will
be held for three years. The value of any dividends accrued
either in the form of dividend equivalents or through a Dividend
Reinvestment Plan will be paid at the end of the period. The
emoluments table and notes on page 48 give the level of cash
payments and the value of deferred shares to be awarded at the
beginning of June 2007, which will be based on the average
share price over the preceding five trading days.

For 2007/08, the bonus scheme remains unchanged for
executive directors i.e. 60% of salary for on-target performance
rising to a maximum of 250% for exceeding targets, with 60%
paid in deferred shares. The performance measure will continue
to be corporate profit before tax. 

Long-term Incentive Schemes
Performance Share Plan
The Performance Share Plan is the primary form of long-term
incentive for the top 100 management. Under the plan, 
annual awards of up to 200% of salary may be offered, based 
on performance and potential, up to a maximum of 400% 
in exceptional circumstances, including those for recruitment
and retention.

Awards in excess of 200% of salary, up to a maximum of 400%
were made to a small number of senior management this year
including the executive directors. The Committee considers 
that it is necessary to make further awards in excess of 200% of
salary in 2007/08 to a few key individuals, including directors, in
order to ensure that the incentives provided by the Company
are sufficient to retain them over the coming years and to
reward them appropriately for achieving excellent results. 

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

i

l

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
46

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

Remuneration report continued

Performance targets are assessed over an initial three-year
period from the date of grant. There is no ability to retest any
grants made since 2004/05, which includes all grants made to
the executive directors.

All-Employee Share Schemes
Executive directors can also participate in the share schemes
open to all employees of Marks & Spencer, currently Sharesave,
the Company’s Save As You Earn scheme (SAYE). Details of
participation by executive directors in Sharesave are given in
part 2 of this report.

A SAYE scheme was approved by shareholders in 1981 and
renewed by shareholders in 1987 and 1997 and shareholder
approval is being sought at the 2007 AGM to renew the scheme
for a further 10 years. HMRC rules limit the maximum amount
saved to £250 per month. When the savings contract is started,
options are granted to acquire the number of shares that the
total savings will buy when the contract matures, at a discounted
price set at the start of the scheme. Options cannot normally be
exercised until a minimum of three years has elapsed.

Service contracts and terms
Chairman
Lord Burns was appointed Chairman post the AGM on 11 July
2006 following the retirement of Paul Myners. Lord Burns has 
a service agreement which requires 12 months’ notice from the
Company or six months’ notice should he wish to terminate 
the agreement.

Non-executive directors
The non-executive directors have service agreements with the
Company for an initial three-year term, which are terminable on
three months’ notice by either party. Kevin Lomax retired from
the Board on 31 August 2006 and Jack Keenan has given
notice that he will be retiring from the Board with effect from 
10 July 2007. Martha Lane Fox will join the Board on 
1 June 2007.

Executive directors
All members of senior management, including executive
directors, have service contracts. These contracts can be
terminated by the Company giving 12 months’ notice and by
the employee giving six months’ notice. 

The Company retains the right to terminate the contract of any
executive director summarily, in accordance with the terms of
their service agreement, on payment of a sum equivalent to the
contractual notice entitlement of 12 months’ salary and
specified benefits. In the case of all current executive directors,
the Company reserves the right on termination to make phased
payments which are paid in monthly instalments and subject to
mitigation. Entitlement to participate in future share scheme
awards ceases on termination.

Performance targets are based on Adjusted Earnings per Share
(EPS) growth measured over a single three-year period which
the Remuneration Committee considers to be the key measure
of management performance to generate significant increases in
profits and enhance shareholder value. The Committee reviews
both the choice of measure and the level set each year to ensure
it is appropriate in light of the business strategy and the levels
are demanding in the context of the Company’s circumstances. 

The targets for the 2007 award have been set by the
Committee following consultation with leading investors. There
will be two different targets. The first for any award up to 200%
and a more stretching target for the exceptional awards above
200%. The Committee considers that this range of growth
targets is as least as challenging as target ranges were for
previous awards when they were chosen. In coming to this
conclusion, the Committee took into account the significantly
higher ‘base’ point for this award (from which growth is
measured) as a result of the much improved result for 2006/07,
the future business outlook for the Company and EPS targets
and trends in other retailers and FTSE 100 companies. The
targets are as follows:

Average Annual EPS Growth
in excess of inflation (RPI)

Award

20% vesting

100% vesting

2005
2006
20072
20073

8%
5%
4%
4%

15%
12%
10%
12%

Adjusted EPS for 
start of scheme1

Original

23.5p
31.4p
40.4p
40.4p

Restated

22.2p
31.4p
40.4p
40.4p

1 The base EPS figure was 23.5p, which was the adjusted EPS figure for 2004/05
on a pro forma basis. The figure has been restated to 22.2p as the Group is now
reporting under IFRS. Full details of EPS are described in Note 8 to the financial
statements on page 65 of the Annual Report. 

2 Awards up to 200% of salary.

3 Awards between 200% – 400% of salary.

Executive Share Option Scheme
Executive Share Option Schemes have operated for over 20
years and in recent years have been open to approximately 
400 members of management. Although a new Executive Share
Option Scheme was adopted at the 2005 AGM, the Committee
does not intend to use this Scheme on a regular basis. However,
it does wish to have the flexibility to make grants from time to
time if it considers it appropriate to do so in the future. No grants
have been made under this Scheme in the year under review.

There are options outstanding for management under a number
of previous schemes which will vest, subject to the delivery of
the performance conditions, in 2007 and 2008. Executive
directors have options outstanding under the 2002 Scheme
only, details of which are shown in the Directors’ share option
schemes table on page 49. The performance targets for the
2002 Scheme are Adjusted EPS growth measured from the
most recent financial year ending prior to grant of at least:

• RPI plus an average of 3% per annum for 50% of each

grant; and

• RPI plus an average of 4% per annum for the other 50% 

of each grant.

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

47

Contract terms and current annual salaries/fees for all members of the Board

Name

Chairman
Lord Burns 
Chief Executive
Stuart Rose 

Executive directors
Ian Dyson 
Steven Sharp 

Non-executive directors
Jeremy Darroch
Steven Holliday
Jack Keenan
Sir David Michels
Louise Patten

Date of 
appointment

Notice period/ 
unexpired term

Basic salary/fee1
£000

Committee
member fee
£000

Committee
chair/SID fee
£000

Current annual
salary/fee
£000

01/10/2005 12 mths/6 mths

31/05/2004 12 mths/6 mths

27/06/2005 12 mths/6 mths
08/11/2005 12 mths/6 mths

01/02/2006 3 mths/3 mths
15/07/2004 3 mths/3 mths
01/09/2001 3 mths/3 mths
01/03/2006 3 mths/3 mths
01/02/2006 3 mths/3 mths

450

1,050

525
525

55
55
55
55
55

–

–

–
–

6
12
12
12
6

–

–

–
–

12
–
–
12
12

450

1,050

525
525

73
67
67
79
73

1 From 1 January 2007 for Chief Executive and executive directors and 1 April 2007 for Chairman and non-executive directors. 

Shareholding policy
The current shareholding policy for executive directors was introduced from 1 June 2002. All executive directors are required to hold
a defined percentage of salary (200% for Chief Executive and 100% for all other executive directors) within a five-year period from
their appointment. The relevant salary is either the salary as at 1 June 2002 or as at date of appointment, whichever is the later. 
The share market value is measured at the current date.

Directors’ interests
The beneficial interests of the directors and connected persons in the shares of the Company are shown below. Options granted
under the SAYE scheme and the Executive Share Option Schemes and the shares awarded under the Deferred Share Bonus Plan
and Performance Share Plan are shown on page 49. Further information regarding employee share option schemes is given in Note
12 to the financial statements starting on page 71 of the Annual report. 

There have been no other changes in the directors’ interests in shares or options granted by the Company and its subsidiaries
between the end of the financial year and 10 May 2007, one month prior to the Notice of the Annual General Meeting, other than 
that noted below in respect of Lord Burns. No director had any interest in any of the Company’s subsidiaries at the beginning or end
of the year. 

Name

Lord Burns1
Jeremy Darroch
Ian Dyson
Steven Holliday
Jack Keenan
Sir David Michels
Louise Patten
Stuart Rose
Steven Sharp

Ordinary shares as at 31 March 2007

Ordinary shares as at 1 April 2006

12,275
2,000
60,000
2,500
53,238
4,000
8,000
500,416
28,473

5,545
2,000
60,000
2,500
53,238
4,000
4,000
500,416
27,816

1 Lord Burns bought 2,197 shares on 2 April 2007 under the terms of his appointment, being the purchase of shares on a quarterly basis, using approximately 25% of his

net income from the Company, increasing his shareholding to 14,472 ordinary shares.

External appointments
The Company recognises that executive directors may be invited to become non-executive directors of other companies and that
such appointments can broaden their knowledge and experience, to the benefit of the Company. The individual director retains the
fees. Stuart Rose serves as a non-executive director at Land Securities and received a fee of £50,000 during the year under review.

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

i

l

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
48

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

Remuneration report continued

PART 2: AUDITED INFORMATION

1 Directors’ emoluments

Salary/
fee
£000

Cash 
allowance 
and benefits5
£000

Bonus4
£000

Chairman
Lord Burns1
Chief Executive
Stuart Rose2

Executive directors
Ian Dyson3
Steven Sharp3

Non-executive directors
Jeremy Darroch
Steven Holliday
Jack Keenan
Sir David Michels
Louise Patten

Directors retiring from the Board during the year
Kevin Lomax6
Paul Myners7

Former directors8

Total

337

975

486
488

61
60
68
68
58

29
67

Total
2007
£000

339

Total
2006
£000

88

2

–

277

1,050

2,302

2,305

140
152

525
525

1,151
1,165

–
–
–
–
–

–
57

–
–
–
–
–

–
–

61
60
68
68
58

29
124

251

685
364

8
50
60
4
8

60
203

1,282

5,117

2,697

628

2,100

5,676

1 Lord Burns was appointed Chairman on 11 July 2006. His fee on appointment increased to £400,000 from his previous salary as Deputy Chairman of £175,000.

2 Stuart Rose received a salary increase from £950,000 to £1,050,000 effective from 1 January 2007. His total bonus earned in 2006/07 was £2,625,000.

3 Ian Dyson & Steven Sharp received a salary increase from £475,000 to £525,000 effective from 1 January 2007. They each received a total bonus of £1,312,500 

for 2006/07.

4 For all executive directors, 40% of the total bonus is paid in cash as shown in the table, and 60% paid in shares as part of the Deferred Share Bonus Plan as described

under the Annual Bonus Scheme on page 45. The Deferred Share Bonus Plan shares will be granted in June 2007.

5 The elements included in the Cash allowance and benefits column of the table are described in detail in the Salaries and benefits section on page 45 and have 

been audited.

In addition, non-executive directors are entitled to reimbursement of any expenses incurred as a result of their Board duties. For 2006/07, this included £20,000 for 
Sir David Michels, Senior Independent Director, who was reimbursed for general office and administration costs related to his Marks and Spencer Board duties.

6 Kevin Lomax retired from the Board on 31 August 2006.
7 Paul Myners retired from the Board on 11 July 2006. The Company agreed to provide Paul Myners with the services of a driver and fleet vehicle for a period of up to 
two years from August 2006. The cost of that arrangement for the period August 2006 to March 2007 inclusive was £56,245. The remaining £838 were benefits
received between April and July 2007 whilst he was Chairman.

8 The £251,000 in 2007 (last year £246,000) relates to payments to former directors under the Early Retirement Plan. Under this plan, the Remuneration Committee 
could, at its discretion, offer an unfunded Early Retirement Pension, separate from the Company pension, which was payable from the date of retirement to age 60. 
With effect from 31 March 2000, the Early Retirement Plan was withdrawn but payments continue for awards made before this date. 

The former directors are James Benfield who received £78,686 (last year £76,992) payable until 22 April 2009, and Derek Hayes who received £73,202 
(last year £71,626) payable until 19 November 2008. 

The pension scheme entitlement for Clinton Silver is supplemented by an additional, unfunded pension paid by the Company, which for 2007 was £98,873 
(last year £96,745).

For 2006, the additional £1,036,000 relates to payments to directors who retired from the Board during that year. 

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

49

2 Directors’ interests in long-term incentive schemes

Directors’ Share Schemes

Chief Executive
Stuart Rose
Performance Share Plan1

Deferred Share Bonus Plan2

Total

Executive directors
Ian Dyson
Performance Share Plan1

Deferred Share Bonus Plan2

Total

Steven Sharp
Performance Share Plan1

Deferred Share Bonus Plan2
Restricted Share Plan3

Total

Maximum
shares 
receivable at
1 April 
2006

Shares
awarded
during
the year

Maximum
shares
receivable at
31 March 
2007

Market
Value
on date
of award
(p)

Date of
award

Earliest date 
of vesting

25/07/2005
19/07/2006
05/06/2006

473,868
–
–

–
663,755
35,125

473,868
663,755
35,125

358.75
572.5
550.0

25/07/2008
19/07/2009
05/06/2009

473,868

698,880 1,172,748

25/07/2005
19/07/2006
05/06/2006

234,146
–
–

–
331,878
48,579

234,146
331,878
48,579

358.75
572.5
550.0

25/07/2008
19/07/2009
05/06/2009

234,146

380,457

614,603

25/07/2005
19/07/2006
05/06/2006
24/06/2005

234,146
–
–
90,000

–
331,878
64,772
–

234,146
331,878
64,772
90,000

358.75
572.5
550.0
352.0

25/07/2008
19/07/2009
05/06/2009
24/07/2007

324,146

396,650

720,796

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

1 The number of performance shares is the maximum (100%) of the award that could be receivable by the executive if the EPS performance conditions are fully met 

as outlined on page 46. 

2 Full details of the Deferred Share Bonus Plan are set out on page 45.

3 Steven Sharp was awarded these shares before he was appointed an executive director. (Full details of the Restricted Share Plan are set out in Note 12 to the financial

statements on page 74 of the Annual Report.)

There has been no vesting or lapses for any of the above plans during this financial year.

Directors' Share Option Schemes

Chief Executive
Stuart Rose
Executive Share Option Scheme1
SAYE

Total

Executive directors
Ian Dyson
SAYE

Total

Steven Sharp
Executive Share Option Scheme1

SAYE

Total

Maximum
options 
receivable at
1 April 
2006

Options
granted
during
the year

Maximum
options
receivable at
31 March 
2007

Date of
grant

Option
price
(p)

Option 
period

20/07/2004
25/11/2005

25/11/2005

20/07/2004
24/11/2004
25/11/2005

979,825
4,613

984,438

4,613

4,613

302,593
104,010
2,679

409,282

–
–

–

–

–

–
–
–

–

979,825
4,613

984,438

4,613

4,613

302,593
104,010
2,679

409,282

347.0
349.0

20/07/07–19/07/14
01/01/11–30/06/11

349.0 01/01/11 – 30/06/11

347.0
336.5
349.0

20/07/07–19/07/14
24/11/07–23/11/14
01/01/09–30/06/09

1 The Executive Share Options have not been held for three years and therefore cannot be exercised under the scheme rules; Option price is below the market value 

on 31 March 2007 for all options; The performance criteria attached to the Executive Share Option Scheme is described on page 46.

There have been no exercises or lapses for any of the above schemes during this financial year.

The market price of the shares at the end of the financial year was 676.5p; the highest and lowest share price during the financial year were 736.5p and 
538.5p respectively.

For both the tables above, the explanation of the performance criteria attached to the Performance Share Plan and the Executive Share Option Scheme 
in Long-Term Incentive Schemes on pages 45 and 46 have been audited.

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

l

i

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
50

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

Remuneration report continued

Performance graph
This graph illustrates the performance of the Company against the FTSE 100 over the past five years. The FTSE 100 has been
chosen as it is a recognised broad equity market index of which the Company has been a member throughout the period.

Performance, as required by the legislation, is measured by Total Shareholder Return which is share price growth plus any 
dividends paid.

250 

200 

150 

100 

)

£

(

l

e
u
a
V

50 

0 

30 Mar 02

29 Mar 03

3 Apr 04

2 Apr 05

1 Apr 06

31 Mar 07

The above graph looks at the value, at 31 March 2007, of £100 invested in Marks & Spencer Group on 30 March 2002 compared with the value of £100 invested in the 
FTSE 100 Index over the same period. The other points plotted are the values at the intervening financial period-ends.

Marks & Spencer Group 

FTSE 100 Index 

Source: Thomson Financial 

The above graph does not form part of the audited information of the Remuneration Report.

Approved by the Board
Louise Patten, Chairman of the Remuneration Committee
London
21 May 2007

 
 
www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

51

Auditors’ report

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT TO THE
MEMBERS OF MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

We have audited the group and parent company financial
statements (the ‘‘financial statements’’) of Marks and Spencer
Group plc for the year ended 31 March 2007 which comprise
the consolidated and Company income statements, the
consolidated and Company balance sheets, the consolidated
and Company cash flow statements, the consolidated
statement of recognised income and expense, the Company
statement of changes in shareholders’ equity and the related
group and parent company notes. These financial statements
have been prepared under the accounting policies set out therein.
We have also audited the information in the Remuneration report
that is described as having been audited.

Respective responsibilities of directors and auditors
The directors’ responsibilities for preparing the Annual report,
the Remuneration report and the financial statements in
accordance with applicable law and International Financial
Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union
are set out in the Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities.

Our responsibility is to audit the financial statements and the
part of the Remuneration report to be audited in accordance
with relevant legal and regulatory requirements and International
Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland). This report, including
the opinion, has been prepared for and only for the company’s
members as a body in accordance with Section 235 of the
Companies Act 1985 and for no other purpose. We do not, in
giving this opinion, accept or assume responsibility for any other
purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or
into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by
our prior consent in writing.

We report to you our opinion as to whether the financial
statements give a true and fair view and whether the financial
statements and the part of the Remuneration report to be
audited have been properly prepared in accordance with the
Companies Act 1985 and, as regards the Group financial
statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. We also report to
you whether in our opinion the information given in the Group
directors’ report is consistent with the financial statements. 

In addition we report to you if, in our opinion, the company has
not kept proper accounting records, if we have not received all
the information and explanations we require for our audit, or if
information specified by law regarding directors’ remuneration
and other transactions is not disclosed.

We review whether the Corporate governance statement reflects
the company’s compliance with the nine provisions of the
Combined Code (2003) specified for our review by the Listing
Rules of the Financial Services Authority, and we report if it does
not. We are not required to consider whether the board’s
statements on internal control cover all risks and controls, or
form an opinion on the effectiveness of the group’s corporate
governance procedures or its risk and control procedures.

We read other information contained in the Annual report and
consider whether it is consistent with the audited financial
statements. The other information comprises only the Chairman’s
foreword, the Chief Executive’s business review, the Financial
review, the Corporate governance statement, the unaudited part
of the Remuneration report, the Group financial record and the
Shareholder information. We consider the implications for our
report if we become aware of any apparent misstatements or
material inconsistencies with the financial statements. Our
responsibilities do not extend to any other information.

Basis of audit opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International
Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland) issued by the Auditing
Practices Board. An audit includes examination, on a test basis,
of evidence relevant to the amounts and disclosures in the
financial statements and the part of the Remuneration report to
be audited. It also includes an assessment of the significant
estimates and judgments made by the directors in the
preparation of the financial statements, and of whether the
accounting policies are appropriate to the group’s and
company’s circumstances, consistently applied and adequately
disclosed.

We planned and performed our audit so as to obtain all the
information and explanations which we considered necessary 
in order to provide us with sufficient evidence to give reasonable
assurance that the financial statements and the part of the
Remuneration report to be audited are free from material
misstatement, whether caused by fraud or other irregularity 
or error. In forming our opinion we also evaluated the overall
adequacy of the presentation of information in the financial
statements and the part of the Remuneration report to 
be audited.

Opinion
In our opinion:

•

•

•

the financial statements give a true and fair view, in
accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union,
of the state of the Group’s and the parent company’s affairs
as at 31 March 2007 and of the Group’s and the parent
company’s profit and cash flows for the year then ended;

the financial statements and the part of the Remuneration
report to be audited have been properly prepared in
accordance with the Companies Act 1985 and, as regards
the group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS
Regulation; and

the information given in the Group directors’ report is
consistent with the financial statements.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Registered Auditors
London
21 May 2007

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

i

l

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
5522

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

Consolidated income statement

RReevveennuuee  ––  ccoonnttiinnuuiinngg  ooppeerraattiioonnss

OOppeerraattiinngg  pprrooffiitt  ––  ccoonnttiinnuuiinngg  ooppeerraattiioonnss

Finance income
Finance costs

Analysed between:
Before exceptional finance costs
Exceptional finance costs

PPrrooffiitt  oonn  oorrddiinnaarryy  aaccttiivviittiieess  bbeeffoorree  ttaaxxaattiioonn  ––  ccoonnttiinnuuiinngg  ooppeerraattiioonnss

Analysed between:
Before property disposals and exceptional items
Profit/(loss) on property disposals
Exceptional finance costs

Income tax expense

PPrrooffiitt  oonn  oorrddiinnaarryy  aaccttiivviittiieess  aafftteerr  ttaaxxaattiioonn  ––  ccoonnttiinnuuiinngg  ooppeerraattiioonnss
Profit from discontinued operation

PPrrooffiitt  ffoorr  tthhee  yyeeaarr  aattttrriibbuuttaabbllee  ttoo  sshhaarreehhoollddeerrss

Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share
Basic earnings per share from continuing operations
Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations

Non-GAAP measure:
Adjusted profit before taxation (£m)

Adjusted basic earnings per share from continuing operations
Adjusted diluted earnings per share from continuing operations

5522  wweeeekkss
eennddeedd
3311  MMaarrcchh  
22000077
££mm

52 weeks
ended
1 April 
2006
£m

88,,558888..11

7,797.7

11,,004455..99

850.1

3333..88
((114433..00))

30.5
(134.9)

((111122..66))
((3300..44))

(134.9)
–

993366..77

745.7

996655..22
11..99
((3300..44))

751.4
(5.7)
–

((227777..55))

(225.1)

665599..22
00..77

665599..99

3399..11pp
3388..55pp
3399..11pp
3388..55pp

520.6
2.5

523.1

31.4p
31.1p
31.3p
31.0p

996655..22

751.4

4400..44pp
3399..88pp

31.4p
31.1p

Notes

2,3

2,3

5

5

5

4

3

5

6

7A

8A

8B

8A

8B

1

8A

8B

Consolidated statement of recognised
income and expense

PPrrooffiitt  ffoorr  tthhee  yyeeaarr  aattttrriibbuuttaabbllee  ttoo  sshhaarreehhoollddeerrss
Foreign currency translation differences
Actuarial losses on retirement benefit deficit
Cash flow and net investment hedges

– losses deferred in equity
– recycled and reported in net profit
– amount recognised in inventories
Tax on items taken directly to equity

Net gains/(losses) not recognised in the income statement

TToottaall  rreeccooggnniisseedd  iinnccoommee  aanndd  eexxppeennssee  ffoorr  tthhee  yyeeaarr

Prior year adjustment

TToottaall  rreeccooggnniisseedd  iinnccoommee  aanndd  eexxppeennssee  ssiinnccee  llaasstt  aannnnuuaall  rreeppoorrtt

Notes

1,25

52 weeks
ended 
1 April 
2006
£m

523.1
11.1
(169.3)

(3.1)
(1.4)
(3.8)
80.7

(85.8)

437.3

5522  wweeeekkss
eennddeedd
3311  MMaarrcchh
22000077
££mm

665599..99
((1144..00))
((88..66))

((77..44))
1100..77
22..11
2244..55

77..33

666677..22

4488..44

771155..66

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

5533

Consolidated balance sheet

AASSSSEETTSS
NNoonn--ccuurrrreenntt  aasssseettss
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Investment property
Investment in joint venture
Other financial assets
Trade and other receivables
Deferred tax assets

CCuurrrreenntt  aasssseettss
Inventories
Other financial assets
Trade and other receivables
Derivative financial instruments
Cash and cash equivalents
Assets of discontinued operation

TToottaall  aasssseettss

LLIIAABBIILLIITTIIEESS
CCuurrrreenntt  lliiaabbiilliittiieess
Trade and other payables
Derivative financial instruments
Borrowings and other financial liabilities
Current tax liabilities
Provisions
Liabilities of discontinued operation

NNoonn--ccuurrrreenntt  lliiaabbiilliittiieess
Borrowings and other financial liabilities
Partnership liability to the Marks & Spencer UK Pension Scheme
Retirement benefit deficit
Trade and other payables
Derivative financial instruments
Provisions 
Deferred tax liabilities 

TToottaall  lliiaabbiilliittiieess

NNeett  aasssseettss

EEQQUUIITTYY
Called up share capital – equity
Share premium account
Capital redemption reserve
Hedging reserve
Other reserve
Retained earnings

TToottaall  sshhaarreehhoollddeerrss’’  eeqquuiittyy
Minority interest in equity

TToottaall  eeqquuiittyy

Approved by the Board
21 May 2007

SSttuuaarrtt  RRoossee, Chief Executive 
IIaann  DDyyssoonn, Group Finance Director

Notes

13

14

15

16

17

18

25

17

18

23

19

20

23

21

24

21

22

11

20

23

24

25

26,27

27

27

27

27

27

AAss  aatt
3311  MMaarrcchh
22000077
££mm

119944..11
44,,004444..55
2255..11
99..33
33..00
224477..00
1111..66

As at 
1 April 
2006
(restated)
£m

163.5
3,575.8
38.5
9.0
3.3
242.8
83.9

44,,553344..66

4,116.8

441166..33
5500..99
119966..77
22..44
118800..11
––

884466..44

374.3
48.8
210.5
76.4
362.6
69.5

1,142.1

55,,338811..00

5,258.9

11,,004433..99
88..33
446611..00
8877..33
55..77
––

867.8
8.0
1,052.8
58.7
9.2
20.5

11,,660066..22

2,017.0

11,,223344..55
449966..99
228833..33
8877..66
00..22
1166..88
77..33

1,133.8
–
794.9
74.8
9.5
19.1
6.1

22,,112266..66

2,038.2

33,,773322..88

4,055.2

11,,664488..22

1,203.7

442244..99
220022..99
22,,116688..55
((44..44))
((66,,554422..22))
55,,339977..11

11,,664466..88
11..44

420.6
162.3
2,113.8
(8.0)
(6,542.2)
5,057.2

1,203.7
–

11,,664488..22

1,203.7

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

l

i

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
5544

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

Consolidated cash flow information

CCAASSHH  FFLLOOWW  SSTTAATTEEMMEENNTT

CCaasshh  fflloowwss  ffrroomm  ooppeerraattiinngg  aaccttiivviittiieess
Cash generated from operations – continuing
Cash generated from operations – discontinued
Tax paid

NNeett  ccaasshh  iinnffllooww  ffrroomm  ooppeerraattiinngg  aaccttiivviittiieess

CCaasshh  fflloowwss  ffrroomm  iinnvveessttiinngg  aaccttiivviittiieess
Disposal of subsidiary, net of cash disposed
Capital expenditure and financial investment
Interest received

NNeett  ccaasshh  oouuttffllooww  ffrroomm  iinnvveessttiinngg  aaccttiivviittiieess

CCaasshh  fflloowwss  ffrroomm  ffiinnaanncciinngg  aaccttiivviittiieess
Interest paid
Exceptional interest paid
Other debt financing
Equity dividends paid 
Other equity financing

NNeett  ccaasshh  oouuttffllooww  ffrroomm  ffiinnaanncciinngg  aaccttiivviittiieess

NNeett  ccaasshh  ((oouuttffllooww))//iinnffllooww  ffrroomm  aaccttiivviittiieess
Effects of exchange rate changes
Opening net cash

CClloossiinngg  nneett  ccaasshh

RREECCOONNCCIILLIIAATTIIOONN  OOFF  NNEETT  CCAASSHH  FFLLOOWW  TTOO  MMOOVVEEMMEENNTT  IINN  NNEETT  DDEEBBTT

OOppeenniinngg  nneett  ddeebbtt
Net cash (outflow)/inflow from activities
Cash outflow/(inflow) from increase/(decrease) in current financial assets
Cash outflow from decrease in debt financing
Debt financing net of liquid resources disposed with subsidiary
Fair value movement on derivatives
Partnership liability to the Marks & Spencer UK Pension Scheme (non-cash)
Exchange and other non-cash movements

MMoovveemmeenntt  iinn  nneett  ddeebbtt

CClloossiinngg  nneett  ddeebbtt

Notes

29A

29B

29C

29D

29E

30A

5522  wweeeekkss
eennddeedd
3311  MMaarrcchh  
22000077
££mm

52 weeks
ended 
1 April 
2006
£m

11,,444422..66
00..77
((115500..88))

1,183.6
13.9
(101.5)

11,,229922..55

1,096.0

4488..88
((771122..88))
1133..22

((665500..88))

((112233..44))
((2211..66))
((447799..22))
((226600..66))
99..22

((887755..66))

((223333..99))
((11..55))
228822..44

4477..00

–
(266.3)
12.9

(253.4)

(142.8)
–
(420.0)
(204.1)
55.8

(711.1)

131.5
1.6
149.3

282.4

5522  wweeeekkss
eennddeedd
3311  MMaarrcchh  
22000077
££mm

((11,,772299..33))
((223333..99))
22..66
447799..22
((1166..88))
6677..00
((449955..66))
((2222..77))

52 weeks
ended 
1 April 
2006
£m

(2,277.2)
131.5
(1.0)
420.0
–
(3.7)
–
1.1

((222200..22))

547.9

((11,,994499..55))

(1,729.3)

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

5555

Notes to the financial statements

11  AACCCCOOUUNNTTIINNGG  PPOOLLIICCIIEESS

BBaassiiss  ooff  pprreeppaarraattiioonn
The financial statements have been prepared in accordance 
with International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRS’) as
adopted by the European Union and with those parts of the
Companies Act 1985 applicable to companies reporting 
under IFRS. 

Following a change in external interpretation of IAS 12 – ‘Income
Taxes’ the Group’s accounting policy for deferred tax now more
closely reflects the manner in which management expects to
recover or settle the carrying amounts of its buildings through
sale or use. The opening balance sheet at 3 April 2005 has
been restated to recognise £48.4m of additional deferred tax
assets and reserves. There is no material impact of this change
on the income statement.

The following IFRSs and amendments have been issued by the
International Accounting Standards Board but none is expected
to have a material impact on the results or net assets of the
Group.

Amendment to IAS 1 – ‘Presentation of Financial Statements –
Capital Disclosures’ was issued in August 2005. It introduces
new requirements for capital disclosures. It is required to be
implemented by the Group from 1 April 2007, and will have 
no impact on the results or net assets of the Group.

IFRS 7 – ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’ was issued in
August 2005. It replaces IAS 32 – ‘Financial Instruments:
Disclosure and Presentation’ with revised and additional
disclosures. It is required to be implemented by the Group from
1 April 2007, and will have no impact on the results or net
assets of the Group.

IFRS 8 – ‘Operating Segments’ was issued in November 2006.
It replaces IAS 14 – ‘Segmental Reporting’ and requires
operating segments to be disclosed on the same basis as that
used for internal reporting. It is required to be implemented by
the Group from 1 April 2009, and will have no impact on the
results or net assets of the Group.

Amendment to IAS 23 – ‘Borrowing Costs’ was issued in March
2007. It removes the option of immediately expensing borrowing
costs that are directly attributable to a qualifying asset and
requires such costs to be capitalised. It is required to be
implemented by the Group from 1 April 2009 but is not
expected to have a material impact on the results or net 
assets of the Group.

Marks and Spencer Scottish Limited Partnership has taken
exemption under paragraph 7 of the Partnership and Unlimited
Companies (Accounts) Regulations 1993 (SI 1993/1820) from
the requirement to prepare and deliver accounts in accordance
with the Companies Act.

A summary of the Company’s and the Group’s accounting
policies is given below:

AAccccoouunnttiinngg  ccoonnvveennttiioonn  
The financial statements are drawn up on the historical cost
basis of accounting, except as disclosed in the accounting
policies set out below.

BBaassiiss  ooff  ccoonnssoolliiddaattiioonn
The Group financial statements incorporate the financial
statements of Marks and Spencer Group plc and all its
subsidiaries made up to the year end date. Where necessary,
adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries
to bring the accounting policies used into line with those used
by the Group.

Subsidiary undertakings are all entities over which the Group
has the power to govern the financial and operating policies
generally accompanying a shareholding of more than one half 
of the voting rights. Subsidiary undertakings acquired during the
year are recorded using the acquisition method of accounting
and their results included from the date of acquisition. 

The separable net assets, both tangible and intangible of the
newly acquired subsidiary undertakings are incorporated into 
the financial statements on the basis of the fair value as at the
effective date of control.

Results of subsidiary undertakings disposed of during the
financial year are included in the financial statements up to 
the effective date of disposal. Where a business component
representing a separate major line of business is disposed of, 
or classified as held for sale, it is classified as a discontinued
operation. The post-tax profit or loss of the discontinued
operation is shown as a single amount on the face of the
income statement, separate from the other results of the Group.

Intercompany transactions, balances and unrealised gains on
transactions between Group companies are eliminated.

RReevveennuuee
Revenue comprises sales of goods to customers outside the
Group less an appropriate deduction for actual and expected
returns, discounts and loyalty scheme voucher costs, and is
stated net of Value Added Tax and other sales taxes. Sales of
furniture are recorded on delivery to the customer.

DDiivviiddeennddss
Final dividends are recorded in the financial statements in the
period in which they are approved by the Company’s
shareholders. Interim dividends are recorded in the period in
which they are approved and paid.

PPeennssiioonnss
Funded pension plans are in place for the Group’s UK
employees and the majority of employees overseas. The assets
of these pension plans include a property partnership interest
and various equities and bonds. The equities and bonds are
managed by third-party investment managers and are held
separately in trust.

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

l

i

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
5566

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

Notes to the financial statements continued

11  AACCCCOOUUNNTTIINNGG  PPOOLLIICCIIEESS  continued

C Software intangibles

Regular valuations are prepared by independent professionally
qualified actuaries in respect of the defined benefit schemes.
These determine the level of contribution required to fund the
benefits set out in the rules of the plans and allow for the
periodic increase of pensions in payment. The service cost 
of providing retirement benefits to employees during the year,
together with the cost of any benefits relating to past service, 
is charged to operating profit in the year. 

A credit representing the expected return on the assets of the
retirement benefit schemes during the year is included within
interest. This is based on the market value of the assets of the
schemes at the start of the financial year. 

A charge is also made within interest representing the expected
increase in the liabilities of the retirement benefit schemes during
the year. This arises from the liabilities of the schemes being one
year closer to payment.

The difference between the market value of the assets and the
present value of accrued pension liabilities is shown as an asset
or liability in the balance sheet.

Actuarial gains and losses are recognised immediately in 
the statement of recognised income and expense.

IInnttaannggiibbllee  aasssseettss
A Goodwill

Goodwill arising on consolidation represents the excess 
of the cost of acquisitions over the Group’s interest in the 
fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities (including
intangible assets) of the acquired entity at the date of the
acquisition. Goodwill is recognised as an asset and
assessed for impairment at least annually. Any impairment 
is recognised immediately in the income statement.

Upon disposal of a subsidiary the attributable goodwill is
included in the calculation of the profit or loss arising on
disposal. Goodwill written off to reserves under UK GAAP
prior to 31 March 1998 has not been reinstated and is not
included in determining any subsequent profit or loss on
disposal.

B Brands

Acquired brand values are held on the balance sheet at cost
and amortised on a straight-line basis over their estimated
useful lives. Any impairment in value is recognised
immediately in the income statement.

Where computer software is not an integral part of a related
item of computer hardware, the software is treated as an
intangible asset. Capitalised software costs include external
direct costs of material and services and the payroll and
payroll-related costs for employees who are directly
associated with the project. 

Capitalised software development costs are amortised on 
a straight-line basis over their expected economic lives,
normally between three to five years. 

PPrrooppeerrttyy,,  ppllaanntt  aanndd  eeqquuiippmmeenntt
A Land and buildings 

The Group’s policy is to state property, plant and 
equipment at cost less accumulated depreciation and 
not to revalue property for accounting purposes.

B Interest

Interest is not capitalised.

C Depreciation

Depreciation is provided to write off the cost of tangible 
non-current assets (including investment properties), less
estimated residual values, by equal annual instalments as
follows: 

•

•

•

•

•

freehold land: not depreciated;

freehold and leasehold buildings with a remaining lease
term over 50 years: depreciated to their residual value
over their estimated remaining economic lives;

leasehold buildings with a remaining lease term of less
than 50 years: over the remaining period of the lease;

fit-out: 10-25 years according to the estimated life of 
the asset; and

fixtures, fittings and equipment: 3-15 years according 
to the estimated life of the asset.

Residual values and useful economic lives are reviewed
annually. Depreciation is charged on all additions to, or
disposals of, depreciating assets in the year of purchase or
disposal. Any impairment in value is charged to the income
statement.

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

5577

11  AACCCCOOUUNNTTIINNGG  PPOOLLIICCIIEESS  continued

D Assets held under leases

Where assets are financed by leasing agreements where the
risks and rewards are substantially transferred to the Group
(‘finance leases’) the assets are treated as if they had been
purchased outright and the corresponding liability to the
leasing company is included as an obligation under finance
leases. Depreciation on leased assets is charged to the
income statement on the same basis as owned assets.
Leasing payments are treated as consisting of capital and
interest elements and the interest is charged to the income
statement.

All other leases are ‘operating leases’ and the costs in
respect of operating leases are charged on a straight-line
basis over the lease term. The value of any lease incentive
received to take on an operating lease (for example, rent free
periods) is recognised as deferred income and is released
over the life of the lease.

IInnvveessttmmeenntt  pprrooppeerrttiieess
Investment properties are recorded at cost less accumulated
depreciation and any recognised impairment loss. 

LLeeaasseehhoolldd  pprreeppaayymmeennttss
Payments made to acquire leasehold land are included in
prepayments at cost and are amortised over the life of the lease.

SShhaarree--bbaasseedd  ppaayymmeennttss
The Group issues equity settled share-based payments to
certain employees. A fair value for the equity settled share
awards is measured at the date of grant. The Group measures
the fair value using the valuation technique most appropriate to
value each class of award, either the Black-Scholes or Monte
Carlo method. 

The fair value of each award is recognised as an expense over
the vesting period on a straight-line basis, after allowing for an
estimate of the share awards that will eventually vest. The level
of vesting is reviewed annually; and the charge is adjusted to
reflect actual and estimated levels of vesting.

IInnvveennttoorriieess
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable
value using the retail method. All inventories are finished goods.

FFoorreeiiggnn  ccuurrrreenncciieess
The results of overseas subsidiaries are translated at the
weighted average of monthly exchange rates for sales and
profits. The balance sheets of overseas subsidiaries are
translated at year end exchange rates. The resulting exchange
differences are dealt with through reserves and reported in the
consolidated statement of recognised income and expense.

Transactions denominated in foreign currencies are translated 
at the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Foreign
currency assets and liabilities held at the balance sheet date 
are translated at the closing balance sheet rate. The resulting
exchange gain or loss is recognised within the income statement.

TTaaxxaattiioonn
The tax charge comprises current tax payable and deferred tax.

The current tax charge represents an estimate of the amounts
payable to tax authorities in respect of the Group’s taxable
profits and is based on an interpretation of existing tax laws.

Deferred tax is recognised on temporary differences between
the carrying amount of an asset or liability in the balance sheet
and its tax base at tax rates that are expected to apply when
the asset is realised or the liability settled, based on tax rates
that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance
sheet date.

Deferred tax is not recognised in respect of:

•

•

the initial recognition of goodwill that is not tax deductible;
and

the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction
which is not a business combination and at the time of the
transaction does not affect accounting or taxable profits.

Deferred tax assets are only recognised when it is probable that
taxable profits will be available against which the deferred tax
asset can be utilised.

Deferred tax liabilities are not provided in respect of
undistributed profits of non-UK resident subsidiaries where (i) the
Group is able to control the timing of distribution of such profits
and (ii) it is not probable that a taxable distribution will be made
in the foreseeable future. 

FFiinnaanncciiaall  iinnssttrruummeennttss
Financial assets and liabilities are recognised on the Group’s
balance sheet when the Group becomes a party to the
contractual provisions of the instrument. 

A Trade receivables

Trade receivables are recorded at their nominal amount less
an allowance for any doubtful debts.

B Investments and other financial assets

Investments and other financial assets are classified as either
‘available for sale’, ‘fair value through profit or loss’ or ‘held
to maturity’. They are initially measured at cost, including
transaction costs, with the exception of ‘fair value through
profit and loss’. Where securities are designated as ‘fair
value through profit or loss’, gains and losses arising from
changes in fair value are included in net profit or loss for the
period. For ‘available for sale’ investments, gain or losses
arising from changes in fair value are recognised directly 
in equity, until the security is disposed of or is determined 
to be impaired, at which time the cumulative gain or loss
previously recognised in equity is included in the net profit 
or loss for the period. Equity investments that do not have 
a quoted market price in an active market and whose fair
value can not be reliably measured by other means are held
at cost. ‘Held to maturity’ investments are measured at
amortised cost using the effective interest method.

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

i

l

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
5588

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

Notes to the financial statements continued

11  AACCCCOOUUNNTTIINNGG  PPOOLLIICCIIEESS  continued

Investments in subsidiaries are held at cost less impairment.
Dividends received from the pre-acquisition profits of
subsidiaries are deducted from the cost of investment.

C Classification of financial liabilities and equity

Financial liabilities and equity instruments are classified
according to the substance of the contractual arrangements
entered into. An equity instrument is any contract that
evidences a residual interest in the assets of the Group 
after deducting all of its liabilities.

D Bank borrowings

Interest-bearing bank loans and overdrafts are recorded 
at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs. Finance
charges, including premiums payable on settlement or
redemption and direct issue costs, are accounted for on 
an effective interest rate method and are added to the
carrying amount of the instrument to the extent that they are
not settled in the period in which they arise.

E Loan notes

Long-term loans are held at amortised cost unless the loan
is hedged by a derivative financial instrument in which case
hedge accounting treatment will apply.

F Trade payables

Trade payables are stated at their nominal value.

G Equity instruments

Equity instruments issued by the Company are recorded at
the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.

DDeerriivvaattiivvee  ffiinnaanncciiaall  iinnssttrruummeennttss  aanndd  hheeddggiinngg  aaccttiivviittiieess
The Group primarily uses interest rate swaps and forward
foreign currency contracts to manage its exposures to fluctuating
interest and foreign exchange rates. These instruments are initially
recognised at fair value on the trade date and are subsequently
remeasured at their fair value at the balance sheet date. The
method of recognising the resulting gain or loss is dependent 
on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument
and the nature of the item being hedged. The Group designates
derivatives as either:

•

•

•

a hedge of a highly probable forecast transaction or change
in the cash flows of a recognised asset or liability (a cash
flow hedge); or

a hedge of the exposure to change in the fair value of a
recognised asset or liability (a fair value hedge); or

a hedge of the exposure on the translation of net
investments in foreign entities (a net investment hedge).

Underlying the definition of fair value is the presumption that the
Group is a going concern without any intention of materially
curtailing the scale of its operations.

For those of the Group’s derivative instruments stated at fair
value, the fair value will be determined by the Group applying
discounted cash flow analysis using quoted market rates as an
input into the valuation model.

In determining the fair value of a derivative, the appropriate
quoted market price for an asset held is the bid price, and for 
a liability issued is the offer price. 

At inception of a hedging relationship, the hedging instrument
and the hedged item are documented and prospective
effectiveness testing is performed. During the life of the hedging
relationship, effectiveness testing is continued to ensure the
instrument remains an effective hedge of the transaction.

In order to qualify for hedge accounting, the following conditions
must be met:

•

•

•

•

•

formal designation and documentation at inception of the
hedging relationship, detailing the risk management objective
and strategy for undertaking the hedge;

the hedge is expected to be highly effective in achieving
offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows attributable 
to the hedged risk;

for a cash flow hedge, a forecast transaction that is the
subject of the hedge must be highly probable;

the effectiveness of the hedge can be reliably measured; and

the hedge is assessed on an ongoing basis and determined
actually to have been highly effective throughout its life.

A Cash flow hedges

Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments
that are designated and effective as hedges of future cash
flows are recognised directly in equity and any ineffective
portion is recognised immediately in the income statement. 
If the firm commitment or forecasted transaction that is the
subject of a cash flow hedge results in the recognition of an
asset or a liability, then, at the time the asset or liability is
recognised, the associated gains or losses on the derivative
that had previously been recognised in equity are included 
in the initial measurement of the asset or liability. For hedges
that do not result in the recognition of an asset or a liability,
amounts deferred in equity are recognised in the income
statement in the same period in which the hedged items
affect net profit or loss.

B Fair value hedges

For an effective hedge of an exposure to changes in the fair
value, the hedged item is adjusted for changes in fair value
attributable to the risk being hedged with the corresponding
entry in profit or loss. Gains or losses from remeasuring 
the derivative, or for non-derivatives the foreign currency
component of its carrying amount, are recognised in profit 
or loss. 

C Net investment hedges

Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments
that are designated and effective as hedges of the net
investments are recognised directly in equity and any
ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the 
income statement.

Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments 
that do not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised in the
income statement as they arise.

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

5599

11  AACCCCOOUUNNTTIINNGG  PPOOLLIICCIIEESS  continued

E Refunds and loyalty scheme accruals

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedging instrument
expires or is sold, terminated or exercised, or no longer qualifies
for hedge accounting. At that time, any cumulative gain or loss
on the hedging instrument recognised in equity is retained in
equity until the forecast transaction occurs. If a hedged
transaction is no longer expected to occur, the net cumulative
gain or loss recognised in equity is transferred to net profit or
loss for the period.

The Group does not use derivatives to hedge income statement
translation exposures. 

CCrriittiiccaall  aaccccoouunnttiinngg  eessttiimmaatteess  aanndd  jjuuddggeemmeennttss
The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires
the Group to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
application of policies and reported amounts. Estimates and
judgements are continually evaluated and are based on
historical experience and other factors including expectations of
future events that are believed to be reasonable under the
circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates.
The estimates and assumptions which have a significant risk of
causing a material adjustment to the carrying amount of assets
and liabilities are discussed below:

A Impairment of goodwill

The Group is required to test, at least annually, whether
goodwill has suffered any impairment. The recoverable
amount is determined based on value in use calculations.
The use of this method requires the estimation of future 
cash flows and the choice of a suitable discount rate in
order to calculate the present value of these cash flows.
Actual outcomes could vary.

B Impairment of property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are reviewed for impairment 
if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the
carrying amount may not be recoverable. When a review 
for impairment is conducted, the recoverable amount is
determined based on value in use calculations prepared 
on the basis of management’s assumptions and estimates.

C Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Depreciation is provided so as to write down the assets 
to their residual values over their estimated useful lives as 
set out above. The selection of these residual values and
estimated lives requires the exercise of management
judgement.

D Post retirement benefits

The determination of the pension cost and defined benefit
obligation of the Group’s defined benefit pension schemes
depends on the selection of certain assumptions which
include the discount rate, inflation rate, salary growth,
mortality and expected return on scheme assets. Differences
arising from actual experiences or future changes in
assumptions will be reflected in subsequent periods. See
note 11 for further details.

Accruals for sales returns and loyalty scheme redemption
are estimated on the basis of historical returns and
redemptions and these are recorded so as to allocate them
to the same period as the original revenue is recorded.
These provisions are reviewed regularly and updated to
reflect management’s latest best estimates, however, actual
returns and redemptions could vary from these estimates.

NNoonn--GGAAAAPP  ppeerrffoorrmmaannccee  mmeeaassuurreess
The directors believe that the ‘adjusted’ profit and earnings per
share measures provide additional useful information for
shareholders on the underlying performance of the business.
These measures are consistent with how business performance
is measured internally. The adjusted profit before tax measure is
not a recognised profit measure under IFRS and may not be
directly comparable with ‘adjusted’ profit measures used by
other companies. The adjustments made to reported profit
before tax are to exclude the following: 

•

exceptional income and charges. These are largely 
one-off in nature and therefore create volatility in reported
earnings; and 

• profits and losses on the disposal of properties. These can
vary significantly from year to year, again creating volatility 
in reported earnings. 

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

i

l

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
6600

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

Notes to the financial statements continued

22  SSEEGGMMEENNTTAALL  IINNFFOORRMMAATTIIOONN

The Group’s primary reporting segments are geographic, with the Group operating in two geographic areas being the UK and
International. The International segment consists of the Marks & Spencer owned businesses in the Republic of Ireland and Hong
Kong, together with franchised operations. The geographic segments disclose revenue, operating profit and segment assets and
liabilities by destination and reflect management responsibility. Within each geographic segment the Group sells both food and
general merchandise and secondary segment disclosure is given for revenue. Given that both food and general merchandise 
are sold from the same locations it is not practical to provide segmental information on operating assets and capital expenditure 
at this level. 

The geographic segment results are as follows:

Revenue

Operating profit

Segment assets

Segment liabilities

22000077
££mm

2006
£m

22000077
££mm

2006
£m

22000077
££mm

2006
(restated)
£m

22000077
££mm

2006
£m

UUKK  RReettaaiill
Before property disposals
Profit/(loss) on property disposals

IInntteerrnnaattiioonnaall  RReettaaiill
Owned stores11
Franchised stores

Before property disposals
Profit/(loss) on property disposals

Total
Assets/(liabilities) from

discontinued operation22

Total non-operating assets/(liabilities)33

TToottaall  aasssseettss//((lliiaabbiilliittiieess))

77,,997777..55
––

7,275.0
–

77,,997777..55

7,275.0

336699..55
224411..11

661100..66
––

661100..66

324.2
198.5

522.7
–

522.7

995566..55
00..22

995566..77

4455..44
4422..11

8877..55
11..77

8899..22

790.1
(5.6)

784.5

44,,998888..44

4,479.6

((11,,881111..44))

(1,630.7)

35.8
29.9

65.7
(0.1)

65.6

229955..77

214.5

((6611..77))

(81.5)

88,,558888..11

7,797.7

11,,004455..99

850.1

55,,228844..11

4,694.1

((11,,887733..11))

(1,712.2)

––
9966..99

69.5
495.3

––
((11,,885599..77))

(20.5)
(2,322.5)

55,,338811..00

5,258.9

((33,,773322..88))

(4,055.2)

11 Owned stores consist of the Marks & Spencer owned businesses in the Republic of Ireland and Hong Kong.

22 The assets and liabilities in the comparative period relate to Kings Super Markets.

33 Non-operating assets and liabilities include balances in respect of financing and taxation.

Revenue originates in the following geographical segments: United Kingdom £8,218.6m (last year £7,473.5m) and International 
£369.5m (last year £324.2m). The value of goods exported from the UK, including shipments to international subsidiaries, amounted
to £438.0m (last year £367.6m).

Included within UK Retail is an operating profit of £19.5m (last year £9.6m) in respect of fees received from HSBC in relation to 
M&S Money.

Other segment items:

RReevveennuuee
General Merchandise
Foods

Expenditure on intangible assets (see note 13)
Expenditure on property, plant and equipment (see note 14)

Amortisation (see note 13)
Depreciation (see note 14)

UUnniitteedd  

KKiinnggddoomm IInntteerrnnaattiioonnaall
££mm

££mm

22000077

TToottaall
££mm

United
Kingdom
£m

International
£m

2006

Total
£m

44,,000022..88
33,,997744..77

77,,997777..55

4466..55
771188..99

1144..22
225588..44

442233..99
118866..77

661100..66

44,,442266..77
44,,116611..44

3,651.8
3,623.2

88,,558888..11

7,275.0

366.0
156.7

522.7

4,017.8
3,779.9

7,797.7

––
2277..00

––
1100..11

4466..55
774455..99

1144..22
226688..55

10.7
307.3

12.7
252.5

0.2
14.1

–
8.8

10.9
321.4

12.7
261.3

Since last year end, gifts have been reclassified from both clothing and food to be incorporated within home. Accordingly, £7.4m 
of revenue has been reclassified from foods to general merchandise. Within general merchandise £20.8m of revenue has been
reclassified between clothing and home.

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

6611

33  EEXXPPEENNSSEE  AANNAALLYYSSIISS

RReevveennuuee
Cost of sales

GGrroossss  pprrooffiitt
Selling and marketing expenses
Administrative expenses 
Other operating income
Profit/(loss) on property disposals

OOppeerraattiinngg  pprrooffiitt  

22000077
££mm

2006
£m

88,,558888..11
((55,,224466..99))

33,,334411..22
((11,,777799..22))
((558844..11))
6666..11
11..99

7,797.7
(4,812.1)

2,985.6
(1,625.7)
(522.7)
18.6
(5.7)

11,,004455..99

850.1

The selling and marketing expenses and administrative expenses in the table above are further analysed in the table below:

Employee costs (see note 10A)
Occupancy costs
Repairs, renewals and maintenance of property
Depreciation and amortisation
Other costs

OOppeerraattiinngg  eexxppeennsseess  

SSeelllliinngg  aanndd
mmaarrkkeettiinngg
eexxppeennsseess
££mm

AAddmmiinnii--
ssttrraattiivvee
eexxppeennsseess
££mm

992288..88
331100..55
5555..44
226644..44
222200..11

11,,777799..22

224455..33
6622..44
1199..11
1188..33
223399..00

558844..11

22000077

TToottaall
££mm

11,,117744..11
337722..99
7744..55
228822..77
445599..11

Selling and
marketing
expenses
£m

844.9 
276.2 
73.0 
243.5 
188.1 

Admini-
strative
expenses
£m

228.3 
49.2 
17.2 
30.5 
197.5

2006

Total
£m

1,073.2
325.4
90.2
274.0
385.6

22,,336633..33

1,625.7 

522.7

2,148.4

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

i

l

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
6622

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

Notes to the financial statements continued

44  PPRROOFFIITT  BBEEFFOORREE  TTAAXXAATTIIOONN

The following items have been included in arriving at profit before taxation:
Depreciation of property, plant, and equipment

– Owned assets
– Under finance leases
Amortisation of intangibles 
(Profit)/loss on property disposals 
Operating lease rentals payable

– Property
– Fixtures, fittings and equipment
Exceptional finance costs (see note 5)

22000077
££mm

2006
£m

226666..88
11..77
1144..22
((11..99))

114433..44
77..22
3300..44

259.2
2.1
12.7
5.7

127.1
8.5
–

Included in administrative expenses is the auditors’ remuneration, including expenses for audit and non-audit services, as follows:

SSttaattuuttoorryy  aauuddiitt  sseerrvviicceess
Annual audit of the Company and the consolidated accounts
Audit of subsidiary companies

NNoonn--aauuddiitt  rreellaatteedd  sseerrvviicceess
Other services pursuant to legislation
Tax advisory services
Other services

22000077
££mm

2006
£m

00..33
00..88

11..11

00..11
00..22
00..22

00..55

0.3
0.8

1.1

0.1
0.3
0.1

0.5

In addition to the above, fees in respect of the annual audit of the Marks & Spencer UK Pension Scheme were £0.1m 
(last year £0.1m).

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

6633

55  FFIINNAANNCCEE  CCOOSSTTSS//IINNCCOOMMEE

FFiinnaannccee  ccoossttss::
Interest payable on bank borrowings
Amortisation of issue costs of bank loans
Interest payable on syndicated bank facility
Interest payable on medium term notes
Interest payable on securitised loan notes
Interest payable on finance leases
Dividend on non-equity B shares
Unwinding of discount on Partnership liability to the Marks & Spencer UK Pension Scheme

Less: amounts included in profit from discontinued operation

Before exceptional finance costs 
Exceptional finance costs11

FFiinnaannccee  ccoossttss

FFiinnaannccee  iinnccoommee::
Bank and other interest receivable
Pension finance income (net) (see note 11E)
Fair value hedges22

Less: amounts included in profit from discontinued operation

FFiinnaannccee  iinnccoommee

NNeett  ffiinnaannccee  ccoossttss33

22000077
££mm

44..11
11..55
66..88
7777..55
1199..00
22..22
00..22
11..33

111122..66
––

111122..66
3300..44

114433..00

1133..00
2200..88
––

3333..88
––

3333..88

2006
£m

4.2
2.3
7.7
96.2
20.3
2.3
2.3
–

135.3
(0.4)

134.9
–

134.9

13.4
17.5
0.2

31.1
(0.6)

30.5

110099..22

104.4

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

11 The exceptional finance costs represent the unamortised transaction costs, a one-off make-whole premium and the cancellation of the swaps arising on the redemption

of £317.2m of secured bonds. These bonds were redeemed in order to release properties for use in the limited partnership with the Marks & Spencer UK Pension
Scheme. See note 21 for further details of the bond redemption.

22 Last year includes a fair value gain on hedging instruments of £67.2m and a corresponding fair value loss on underlying medium term notes of £67.0m, which were

designated into a hedging relationship. As at year end there were no fair value hedges.

33 Where applicable, interest payable amounts are shown net of their assigned interest rate derivative. The fair values of these derivatives have been reported as a net

figure under interest income.

66  IINNCCOOMMEE  TTAAXX  EEXXPPEENNSSEE

AA TTaaxxaattiioonn  cchhaarrggee

CCuurrrreenntt  ttaaxx
UK corporation tax at 30% (last year 30%)

– current year
– current year tax on exceptional finance costs
– prior years

Overseas current taxation

TToottaall  ccuurrrreenntt  ttaaxxaattiioonn

Deferred tax (see note 25)

– current year
– prior years

TToottaall  ddeeffeerrrreedd  ttaaxxaattiioonn

TToottaall  iinnccoommee  ttaaxx  eexxppeennssee

22000077
££mm

2006
£m

117722..44
((66..55))
66..11

117722..00
77..55

117799..55

110088..22
((1100..22))

9988..00

227777..55

150.3
–
(2.0)

148.3
5.3

153.6

71.8
(0.3)

71.5

225.1

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

l

i

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
6644

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

Notes to the financial statements continued

66  IINNCCOOMMEE  TTAAXX  EEXXPPEENNSSEE  continued

BB TTaaxxaattiioonn  rreeccoonncciilliiaattiioonn

Profit before tax

Taxation at the standard UK corporation tax rate of 30% (last year 30%)
Depreciation and charges on non-qualifying fixed assets
Other income and expenses not taxable or deductible 
Tax on exceptional finance costs not deductible
Overseas profits taxed at lower rates
Adjustments to tax charge in respect of prior periods

TToottaall  iinnccoommee  ttaaxx  eexxppeennssee

22000077
££mm

993366..77

228811..00
55..44
((11..00))
22..66
((66..44))
((44..11))

227777..55

2006
£m

745.7

223.7
10.2
(2.7)
–
(3.8)
(2.3)

225.1

The post-exceptional effective tax rate was 29.6% (last year 30.2%) and the pre-exceptional effective tax rate was 29.4% 
(last year 30.2%). 

77  DDIISSCCOONNTTIINNUUEEDD  OOPPEERRAATTIIOONN

On 31 March 2006, the Group announced the sale of Kings Super Markets Inc to a US investor group for $61.5m excluding cash in
the business at the date of disposal. The disposal of the business was completed on 28 April 2006.

AA PPrrooffiitt  ffrroomm  ddiissccoonnttiinnuueedd  ooppeerraattiioonn

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit
Net operating expenses
Net interest receivable

Profit before taxation 
Taxation on results 

Profit after taxation 

Gain on disposal of subsidiary net assets
Taxation

Net gain on disposal

PPrrooffiitt  ffrroomm  ddiissccoonnttiinnuueedd  ooppeerraattiioonn

BB EExxppeennddiittuurree,,  ddeepprreecciiaattiioonn  aanndd  aammoorrttiissaattiioonn
The following items have been excluded from the segmental disclosures in note 2.

Expenditure on property, plant and equipment

Depreciation

22000077
££mm

1133..00
((88..22))

44..88
((44..55))
––

00..33
––

00..33

00..44
––

00..44

00..77

22000077
££mm

––

00..33

2006
£m

228.2
(144.7)

83.5
(80.5)
0.2

3.2
(0.7)

2.5

–
–

–

2.5

2006
£m

5.4

6.3

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

6655

88  EEAARRNNIINNGGSS  PPEERR  SSHHAARREE

The calculation of earnings per ordinary share is based on earnings after tax and the weighted average number of ordinary shares 
in issue during the year.

The adjusted earnings per share figures have also been calculated based on earnings excluding the effect of property disposals and
exceptional items. These have been calculated to allow the shareholders to gain an understanding of the underlying trading
performance of the Group.

For diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue is adjusted to assume conversion of all
dilutive potential ordinary shares. The Group has only one class of dilutive potential ordinary shares being those share options granted
to employees where the exercise price is less than the average market price of the Company’s ordinary shares during the year.

Details of the adjusted earnings per share are set out below:

EEaarrnniinnggss  aafftteerr  ttaaxx  
Profit from discontinued operation

EEaarrnniinnggss  aafftteerr  ttaaxx  ––  ccoonnttiinnuuiinngg
Property disposals (net of tax)
Exceptional finance costs (net of tax)

AAddjjuusstteedd  eeaarrnniinnggss  aafftteerr  ttaaxx  ––  ccoonnttiinnuuiinngg

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue
Potentially dilutive share options under Group’s share option schemes

Weighted average number of diluted ordinary shares

AA BBaassiicc  eeaarrnniinnggss  ppeerr  sshhaarree

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (millions)

BBaassiicc  eeaarrnniinnggss  ppeerr  sshhaarree  ((ppeennccee))
Profit from discontinued operation per share (pence)

BBaassiicc  eeaarrnniinnggss  ppeerr  sshhaarree  ––  ccoonnttiinnuuiinngg  ((ppeennccee))
Property disposals per share (pence)
Exceptional finance costs per share (pence)

AAddjjuusstteedd  bbaassiicc  eeaarrnniinnggss  ppeerr  sshhaarree  ––  ccoonnttiinnuuiinngg  ((ppeennccee))

BB DDiilluutteedd  eeaarrnniinnggss  ppeerr  sshhaarree

Weighted average number of diluted ordinary shares (millions)

DDiilluutteedd  eeaarrnniinnggss  ppeerr  sshhaarree  ((ppeennccee))
Profit from discontinued operation per share (pence)

DDiilluutteedd  eeaarrnniinnggss  ppeerr  sshhaarree  ––  ccoonnttiinnuuiinngg  ((ppeennccee))
Property disposals per share (pence)
Exceptional finance costs per share (pence)

AAddjjuusstteedd  ddiilluutteedd  eeaarrnniinnggss  ppeerr  sshhaarree  ––  ccoonnttiinnuuiinngg  ((ppeennccee))

22000077
££mm

665599..99
((00..77))

665599..22
((11..44))
2233..99

668811..77

2006
£m

523.1
(2.5)

520.6
2.0
–

522.6

mm

m

11,,668888..66
2266..33

1,667.0
14.5

11,,771144..99

1,681.5

22000077

2006

11,,668888..66

1,667.0

3399..11
––

3399..11
((00..11))
11..44

4400..44

31.4
(0.1)

31.3
0.1
–

31.4

22000077

2006

11,,771144..99

1,681.5

3388..55
––

3388..55
((00..11))
11..44

3399..88

31.1
(0.1)

31.0
0.1
–

31.1

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

l

i

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
6666

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

Notes to the financial statements continued

99  DDIIVVIIDDEENNDDSS

DDiivviiddeennddss  oonn  eeqquuiittyy  oorrddiinnaarryy  sshhaarreess::
Paid final dividend 
Paid interim dividend 

22000077
ppeerr  sshhaarree

2006
per share

22000077
££mm

2006
£m

99..22pp
66..33pp

7.5p
4.8p

1155..55pp

12.3p

115544..66
110066..00

226600..66

124.3
79.8

204.1

In addition the directors have proposed a final dividend in respect of the year ended 31 March 2007 of 12.0p per share amounting
to a dividend of £204.0m. It will be paid on 13 July 2007 to shareholders who are on the Register of Members on 1 June 2007. 
In line with the requirements of IAS 10 – ‘Events after the Balance Sheet Date’, this dividend has not been recognised within 
these results.

1100  EEMMPPLLOOYYEEEESS

AA AAggggrreeggaattee  rreemmuunneerraattiioonn
The aggregate remuneration and associated costs of Group employees were:

Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Other pension costs
Share-based payments
Employee welfare and other personnel costs
Capitalised staff costs

AAggggrreeggaattee  rreemmuunneerraattiioonn

CCoonnttiinnuuiinngg DDiissccoonnttiinnuueedd
ooppeerraattiioonn
ooppeerraattiioonnss
££mm
££mm

994433..88
7755..77
111111..99
2277..33
2255..11
((99..77))

11,,117744..11

––
––
––
––
––
––

––

Details of key management compensation are given in note 32D.

BB AAvveerraaggee  nnuummbbeerr  ooff  eemmppllooyyeeeess

UK stores

Management and supervisory categories
Other

UK head office

Management and supervisory categories
Other

Overseas
Discontinued operation

TToottaall  aavveerraaggee  nnuummbbeerr  ooff  eemmppllooyyeeeess

22000077

TToottaall
££mm

994433..88
7755..77
111111..99
2277..33
2255..11
((99..77))

Continuing Discontinued
operation
operations
£m
£m

856.3
64.3
96.9
24.7
33.1
(2.1)

36.2
3.3
1.3
–
2.3
–

43.1

2006

Total
£m

892.5
67.6
98.2
24.7
35.4
(2.1)

1,116.3

11,,117744..11

1,073.2

22000077

2006

55,,223355
6644,,007744

4,601
57,687

22,,339966
885500

33,,331166
––

2,325
732

2,959
2,006

7755,,887711

70,310

If the number of hours worked was converted on the basis of a normal working week, the equivalent average number of full-time
employees for continuing operations would have been 52,670 (last year 46,989).

CC DDiirreeccttoorrss’’  eemmoolluummeennttss
Emoluments of directors of the Company are summarised below. Further details are given in the Remuneration report on 
pages 44 to 50.

Aggregate emoluments
Termination payments

The emoluments exclude payments to former directors of £307,000 (last year £246,000).

22000077
££000000

55,,336699
––

2006
£000

4,249
622

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

6677

1111  RREETTIIRREEMMEENNTT  BBEENNEEFFIITTSS

The Group provides pension arrangements for the benefit of its UK employees through the Marks & Spencer UK Pension Scheme.
This has a defined benefit section, which was closed to new entrants with effect from 1 April 2002, and a defined contribution
section which has been open to new members with effect from 1 April 2003. Further details of the Pension Scheme can be found
on page 30.

The defined benefit section operates on a final salary basis and at the year end had some 27,000 active members (last year 31,000),
57,000 deferred members (last year 57,000) and 37,000 pensioners (last year 38,000). At the year end, the defined contribution
section had some 7,000 active members (last year 5,000) and some 1,000 deferred members (last year nil).

The Group also operates a small funded defined benefit pension scheme in the Republic of Ireland. Retirement benefits also include
a UK post-retirement healthcare scheme and unfunded pension plans.

Within the total Group retirement benefit cost of £91.1m (last year £80.7m), £78.0m (last year £69.1m) relates to the UK defined
benefit section, £7.6m (last year £5.6m) to the UK defined contribution section and £5.5m (last year £6.0m) to other retirement
benefit schemes.

AA PPeennssiioonnss  aanndd  ootthheerr  ppoosstt--rreettiirreemmeenntt  lliiaabbiilliittiieess

Total market value of assets 
Present value of scheme liabilities

Funded pension plan deficit
Unfunded pension plans
Post-retirement healthcare

RReettiirreemmeenntt  bbeenneeffiitt  ddeeffiicciitt

22000077
££mm

2006
£m

55,,222277..55
((55,,448877..00))

4,606.2
(5,381.3)

((225599..55))
((11..22))
((2222..66))

((228833..33))

(775.1)
(1.7)
(18.1)

(794.9)

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

BB FFiinnaanncciiaall  aassssuummppttiioonnss
A full actuarial valuation of the UK defined benefit Pension Scheme was carried out at 31 March 2006 and showed a deficit of
£704.0m. The financial assumptions for the UK scheme and the most recent actuarial valuations of the other post-retirement
schemes have been updated by independent qualified actuaries to take account of the requirements of IAS 19 – ‘Retirement
Benefits’ in order to assess the liabilities of the schemes:

Rate of increase in salaries
Rate of increase in pensions in payment for service

– pre April 1997
– between April 1997 and July 2005
– post July 2005

Discount rate 
Inflation rate
Long-term healthcare cost increases

22000077
%%

33..77

22..66
33..00
22..33
55..33
33..00
88..00

2006
%

3.7

2.4
2.9
2.1
4.9
2.9
7.9

The amount of the deficit varies if the main financial assumptions change, particularly the discount rate. If the discount rate
increased/decreased by 0.1% the IAS 19 deficit would decrease/increase by c.£100m.

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

i

l

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
6688

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

Notes to the financial statements continued

1111  RREETTIIRREEMMEENNTT  BBEENNEEFFIITTSS  continued

CC DDeemmooggrraapphhiicc  aassssuummppttiioonnss
The demographic assumptions are in line with those adopted for the last formal actuarial valuation of the Scheme. One of the 
most significant demographic assumptions underlying the valuation is mortality. The post-retirement mortality assumptions are based
on an analysis of the pensioner mortality trends under the Scheme for the period to March 2006 updated to allow for anticipated
longevity improvements over the subsequent year. The specific mortality rates used are based on the PMA92 and PFA92 tables,
adjusted to allow for the experience of scheme pensioners. The life expectancies underlying the valuation are as follows:

Current pensioners (at age 65) – males
Current pensioners (at age 65) – females
Future pensioners (at age 65) – males
Future pensioners (at age 65) – females

DD AAnnaallyyssiiss  ooff  aasssseettss  aanndd  eexxppeecctteedd  rraatteess  ooff  rreettuurrnn
The major categories of assets as a percentage of total plan assets are:

Property partnership interest
UK equities
Overseas equities
Government bonds
Corporate bonds (Triple B or above)
Cash and other

The expected long-term rates of return are:

Property partnership interest
UK equities
Overseas equities
Government bonds
Corporate bonds (Triple B or above)
Cash and other

OOvveerraallll  eexxppeecctteedd  rreettuurrnn

22000077
YYeeaarrss

2211..00
2233..55
2211..99
2244..33

22000077
%%

99
1166
2277
77
4411
––

2006
Years

18.8
22.6
19.8
23.6

2006
%

–
17
30
16
27
10

110000

100

22000077
%%

55..55
88..44
88..44
44..77
55..33
––

66..66

2006
%

–
8.0
8.0
4.3
4.9
4.5

6.2

The overall expected return on assets assumption is derived as the weighted average of the expected returns from each of the main
asset classes. The expected return for each asset class reflects a combination of historical performance analysis, the forward looking
views of financial markets (as suggested by the yields available) and the views of investment organisations. Consideration is also
given to the rate of return expected to be available for reinvestment.

At year end, the UK scheme indirectly held 463,964 (last year 394,672) ordinary shares in the Company through its investment in an
Aquila Life UK Equity Index Fund.

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

6699

1111  RREETTIIRREEMMEENNTT  BBEENNEEFFIITTSS  continued

EE AAnnaallyyssiiss  ooff  aammoouunntt  cchhaarrggeedd  aaggaaiinnsstt  pprrooffiittss

OOppeerraattiinngg  ccoosstt
Current service cost11
Curtailment gain

FFiinnaannccee  ccoosstt
Expected return on plan assets
Interest on scheme liabilities

Net finance income

DDiissccoonnttiinnuueedd  ooppeerraattiioonnss
Service cost and finance income of discontinued operation

TToottaall  ccoosstt  ooff  rreettiirreemmeenntt  bbeenneeffiittss

11 Includes £8.6m (last year £6.3m) in relation to defined contribution plans.

FF SScchheemmee  aasssseettss
Changes in the fair value of the scheme assets are as follows:

Fair value of scheme assets at start of year
Expected return on scheme assets11
Employer contributions22,,33
Benefits paid
Transfer on disposal of Financial Services
Actuarial (loss)/gain
Exchange movement
Discontinued operation

FFaaiirr  vvaalluuee  ooff  sscchheemmee  aasssseettss  aatt  eenndd  ooff  yyeeaarr

22000077
££mm

2006
£m

111133..99
((22..00))

111111..99

((228822..00))
226611..22

((2200..88))

109.9
(13.0)

96.9

(265.5)
248.0

(17.5)

––

9911..11

1.3

80.7

22000077
££mm

44,,660066..22
228822..00
661111..33
((119911..88))
––
((8800..44))
00..22
––

2006
£m

3,956.8
265.9
130.2
(164.2)
(32.0)
454.3
1.4
(6.2)

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

55,,222277..55

4,606.2

l

11 The actual return on scheme assets was £201.6m (last year £720.2m). Last year’s expected return includes £0.4m in respect of the discontinued operation.

22 The contribution for 2006/07 includes the additional contribution of the Property Partnership Interest of £500.1m transferred into the UK defined benefit pension scheme

on 14 March 2007 and an additional cash contribution of £40.3m paid in April 2007 to increase contributions from 15.8% to 27.0% (last year an additional cash
contribution of £51.0m was paid in April 2005).

33 Future contributions to the UK scheme will be made at the rate of 27.0% of pensionable salaries up to the next full actuarial valuation. The Group expects to contribute 

£98.7m to defined benefit schemes for the year ended 30 March 2008.

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

l

i

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
7700

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

Notes to the financial statements continued

1111  RREETTIIRREEMMEENNTT  BBEENNEEFFIITTSS  continued

GG RReettiirreemmeenntt  bbeenneeffiitt  oobblliiggaattiioonnss
Changes in the present value of retirement benefit obligations are as follows:

Present value of obligation at start of year
Current service cost
Curtailment gain
Interest cost11
Benefits paid
Transfer on disposal of Financial Services
Actuarial (gain)/loss
Exchange movement
Discontinued operation

PPrreesseenntt  vvaalluuee  ooff  oobblliiggaattiioonn  aatt  eenndd  ooff  yyeeaarr

Analysed as:
Present value of pension scheme liabilities
Unfunded pension plans
Post-retirement healthcare

PPrreesseenntt  vvaalluuee  ooff  oobblliiggaattiioonn  aatt  eenndd  ooff  yyeeaarr

11 Last year’s interest cost includes £0.4m in respect of the discontinued operation.

HH CCuummuullaattiivvee  aaccttuuaarriiaall  ggaaiinnss  aanndd  lloosssseess  rreeccooggnniisseedd  iinn  eeqquuiittyy

Loss at start of year
Net actuarial losses recognised in the year

LLoossss  aatt  eenndd  ooff  yyeeaarr

II HHiissttoorryy  ooff  eexxppeerriieennccee  ggaaiinnss  aanndd  lloosssseess

Experience adjustments arising on scheme assets
Experience gains/(losses) arising on scheme liabilities
Changes in assumptions underlying the present value of scheme liabilities

AAccttuuaarriiaall  ((lloosssseess))//ggaaiinnss  rreeccooggnniisseedd  iinn  eeqquuiittyy

22000077
££mm

((8800..44))
1188..88
5533..00

((88..66))

2006
£m

454.3 
20.0 
(643.6)

(169.3)

2005
£m

77.4 
(24.0)
(131.5)

(78.1)

22000077
££mm

55,,440011..11
111133..99
((22..00))
226611..22
((119911..88))
––
((7711..88))
00..22
––

2006
£m

4,632.8
111.2
(13.0)
248.4
(164.2)
(32.0)
623.6
1.3
(7.0)

55,,551100..88

5,401.1

55,,448877..00
11..22
2222..66

5,381.3
1.7
18.1

55,,551100..88

5,401.1

22000077
££mm

((992277..00))
((88..66))

((993355..66))

2004
£m

401.9
(30.3)
(157.8)

213.8

2006
£m

(757.7)
(169.3)

(927.0)

2003
£m

(713.3)
16.0
(196.1)

(893.4)

Fair value of scheme assets 
Present value of scheme liabilities

PPeennssiioonn  sscchheemmee  ddeeffiicciitt

55,,222277..55
((55,,448877..00))

4,606.2 
(5,381.3)

3,956.8 
(4,611.0)

3,634.2
(4,280.1)

2,638.5
(3,888.1)

((225599..55))

(775.1)

(654.2)

(645.9)

(1,249.6)

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

7711

1122  SSHHAARREE--BBAASSEEDD  PPAAYYMMEENNTTSS

The charge for share-based payments arises across the following schemes:

Save As You Earn Share Option Scheme
Executive Share Option Scheme
Performance Share Plan
Deferred Share Bonus Plan
Restricted Share Plan
Executive Share Matching Plan
United Kingdom Share Incentive Plan
Share Matching Deal Plan

TToottaall  sshhaarree--bbaasseedd  ppaayymmeenntt  cchhaarrggee

Notes

12A

12B

12C

12D

12E

12F

12G

12H

22000077
££mm

1100..00
33..11
77..11
55..33
11..33
––
00..44
00..11

2277..33

2006
£m

10.2
6.5
2.5
2.0
1.8
0.4
1.3
–

24.7

Details of the option and share schemes that the Group operates are provided in the Remuneration report on pages 44 to 50.

AA SSaavvee  AAss  YYoouu  EEaarrnn  SShhaarree  OOppttiioonn  SScchheemmee
Under the terms of the Scheme, the Board may offer options to purchase ordinary shares in the Company once in each financial
year to those employees who enter into an Inland Revenue approved Save As You Earn (SAYE) savings contract. Inland Revenue
rules limit the maximum amount saved to £250 per month. The price at which options may be offered is 80% of the market price 
for three consecutive dealing days preceding the offer date. The options may normally be exercised during the period of six months
after the completion of the SAYE contract, either three or five years after entering the Scheme.

Outstanding at beginning of the period
Granted
Exercised
Forfeited
Expired

Outstanding at end of the period
Exercisable at end of period

NNuummbbeerr  ooff
ooppttiioonnss

WWeeiigghhtteedd  aavveerraaggee
eexxeerrcciissee  pprriiccee

Number of
options

Weighted average
exercise price

22000077

2006

4400,,440033,,662255
66,,556699,,552277
((1111,,881144,,006688))
((11,,663377,,001122))
((228800,,445566))

3333,,224411,,661166
772266,,661155

226611..66pp
555599..00pp
223322..44pp
332255..55pp
225588..00pp

332277..66pp
224433..44pp

52,188,263
8,528,770
(14,658,839)
(4,270,037)
(1,384,532)

40,403,625
3,897,065

235.0p
349.0p
206.9p
253.6p
397.7p

261.6p
226.7p

For SAYE share options exercised during the period, the weighted average share price at the date of exercise was 698.8p 
(last year 472.5p).

The fair values of the options granted during the year have been calculated using the Black-Scholes model assuming the inputs
shown below:

Grant date 
Share price at grant date
Exercise price
Option life in years
Risk free rate
Expected volatility
Expected dividend yield
Fair value of option

33  yyeeaarr  ppllaann

55  yyeeaarr  ppllaann

3 year plan

5 year plan

22000077

2006

NNoovv  0066
669988pp
555599pp
33  yyeeaarrss
55..44%%
2211..55%%
22..22%%
220000..66pp

NNoovv  0066
669988pp
555599pp
55  yyeeaarrss
55..33%%
2277..55%%
22..22%%
224477..88pp

Nov 05
436p
349p
3 years
4.3%
25.8%
2.7%
120.6p

Nov 05
436p
349p
5 years
4.2%
29.8%
2.7%
143.6p

Volatility has been estimated by taking the historic volatility in the Company’s share price over a three or five-year period.

The resulting fair value is expensed over the service period of three or five years on the assumption that 15% of three-year options
and 20% of five-year options will lapse over the service period as employees leave the Company.

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

l

i

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
7722

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

Notes to the financial statements continued

1122  SSHHAARREE--BBAASSEEDD  PPAAYYMMEENNTTSS  continued

Outstanding options granted under the United Kingdom Employees’ Save As You Earn Option Scheme are as follows:

Options granted

January 1999
January 2000
January 2001
January 2002
January 2003
January 2004
January 2005
January 2006
January 2007

Number of options

22000077

2006

––
116611,,441100
33,,994488,,771122
222277,,447799
33,,449955,,880099
44,,448844,,558811
66,,883344,,442244
77,,771133,,661166
66,,337755,,558855

164,580
3,295,357
4,485,640
3,775,553
3,923,986
9,238,136
7,199,193
8,321,180
–

3333,,224411,,661166

40,403,625

Weighted average remaining
contractual life (years)

22000077

––
00..33
11..33
00..33
11..33
22..22
22..33
33..11
44..00

22..55

2006

0.3
1.3
2.1
1.3
2.1
2.2
3.3
4.1
–

2.6

Option
price

332244pp
222233pp
115566pp
225500pp
228833pp
222288pp
228800pp
334499pp
555599pp

332288pp

BB EExxeeccuuttiivvee  SShhaarree  OOppttiioonn  SScchheemmee
Under the terms of the Executive Share Option Scheme, last approved by shareholders in 2005, the Board may offer options to
purchase ordinary shares in the Company to executive directors and senior employees at the market price on a date to be
determined prior to the date of the offer. No further options may be granted under any schemes other than the 2005 scheme. 
No awards have been made under the 2005 scheme. Further details are set out in the Remuneration report on page 46.

Performance targets are assessed over a three-year period from the date of grant with no ability to re-test any grants. Once options
have vested they can be exercised during the period up to ten years from grant date.

Outstanding at beginning of the period
Granted
Exercised
Forfeited
Expired

Outstanding at end of the period
Exercisable at end of period

NNuummbbeerr  ooff
ooppttiioonnss

WWeeiigghhtteedd  aavveerraaggee
eexxeerrcciissee  pprriiccee

Number of
options

Weighted average
exercise price

22000077

2006

1188,,113355,,446666
––
((55,,552222,,001188))
((558899,,778811))
((66,,555500))

1122,,001177,,111177
33,,553377,,447711

333333..55pp
––
331166..66pp
333344..88pp
445588..00pp

334411..22pp
332288..44pp

31,690,916
1,491,046
(9,683,033)
(4,338,398)
(1,025,065)

18,135,466
2,841,565

335.2p
352.0p
324.8p
352.2p
414.0p

333.5p
374.4p

For executive share options exercised during the period, the weighted average share price at the date of exercise was 632.3p 
(last year 423.4p).

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

7733

1122  SSHHAARREE--BBAASSEEDD  PPAAYYMMEENNTTSS  continued

The resulting fair value is expensed over the expected service period of five years on the assumption that 30% of options will lapse
over the service period as employees leave the Company. 

Outstanding options granted under all executive share option schemes are as follows:

Options granted

((11998844  SScchheemmee))
May 1996
June 1997

((11999977  SScchheemmee))
June 1998
November 1998
June 1999

((22000000  SScchheemmee))
September 2000
June 2001
December 2001

((22000022  SScchheemmee))
June 2002
November 2002
January 2003
June 2003
November 2003
January 2004
February 2004
July 2004
November 2004
June 2005

Number of options

Weighted average remaining
contractual life (years)

22000077

2006

22000077

2006

––
55,,669922

224477,,777788
77,,442255
112277,,552211

33,,444455
119966,,330033
7744,,116611

776600,,339944
6666,,998800
––
11,,997755,,446611
7777,,007788
––
3333,,111111
66,,223366,,449977
886688,,559999
11,,333366,,667722

13,100
5,692

486,551
7,425
217,279

6,945
358,488
110,170

1,500,272
102,905
32,738
5,355,784
522,773
96,884
85,185
6,950,820
868,599
1,413,856

1122,,001177,,111177

18,135,466

––
00..22

11..22
11..66
22..22

33..44
44..22
44..77

55..22
55..66
––
66..22
66..66
––
66..88
77..33
77..66
88..22

66..88

0.1
1.2

2.2
2.6
3.2

4.4
5.2
5.7

6.2
6.6
6.8
7.2
7.6
7.8
7.8
8.3
8.6
9.2

7.5

Option
price

445588pp
552277pp

555577pp
440044pp
335588pp

221155pp
225566pp
335500pp

335500pp
335533pp
229977pp
229977pp
227700pp
228899pp
227700pp
334477pp
333377pp
335522pp

333355pp

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

i

l

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
7744

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

Notes to the financial statements continued

1122  SSHHAARREE--BBAASSEEDD  PPAAYYMMEENNTTSS  continued

CC PPeerrffoorrmmaannccee  SShhaarree  PPllaann
The Performance Share Plan is the primary long-term incentive plan for approximately 100 of the most senior executives and was
first approved by shareholders in 2005. Under the Plan, annual awards, based on a percentage of salary, may be offered. The extent
to which the awards vest is based on earnings per share growth over three years. Further details are set out in the Remuneration
report on page 45. Awards under this scheme have been made in 2004/05 and 2005/06.

During the year, 3,511,040 shares (last year 3,694,559) were awarded under the Plan. The weighted average fair value of the shares
awarded was 572.9p (last year 365.7p).

DD DDeeffeerrrreedd  SShhaarree  BBoonnuuss  PPllaann
The Deferred Share Bonus Plan was introduced in 2005/06 as part of the annual bonus scheme for approximately 450 of the most
senior managers. As part of the bonus scheme, the managers are required to defer a proportion of any bonus paid into shares
which will be held for three years. There are no further performance conditions on these shares, other than continued employment,
and the value of any dividends earned during the deferred period will be paid at the end of the period. Further details are set out in
the Remuneration report on page 45.

During the year, 1,923,413 shares were awarded under the Plan in relation to the 2005/06 annual bonus. The fair value of the shares
awarded was 550.0p.

EE RReessttrriicctteedd  SShhaarree  PPllaann
A Restricted Share Plan was established in 2000 as part of the reward strategy for retention of senior employees who are vital to the
success of the business recovery and growth. The Plan operates for senior executives below Executive Director level. Awards under
the Plan are made as part of ongoing reviews of reward packages, and recruitment tools for new employees. The shares are held in
trust for a period of between one and three years, at which point they are released to the employee, subject to them still being in
employment.

During the year, 38,622 shares (last year 564,336) have been awarded under the Restricted Share Plan. The weighted average fair
value of the shares awarded was 578.0p (last year 331.1p). 

FF EExxeeccuuttiivvee  SShhaarree  MMaattcchhiinngg  PPllaann
The Executive Share Matching Plan for senior management was introduced in 2002, since when there have been annual awards 
in 2002, 2003 and 2004. The Plan currently operates for one member of senior management, and it is intended that no further
awards are made under this Plan. Participants were required to invest one-third of any annual bonus earned in shares of the
Company. The pre-tax value of the invested bonus would be matched by an award of shares, with the extent of the match
determined by the Total Shareholder Return performance measure. No awards have been made during the year (last year nil).

GG UUnniitteedd  KKiinnggddoomm  SShhaarree  IInncceennttiivvee  PPllaann
The Share Incentive Plan is a discretionary, all-employee plan, approved by the Inland Revenue, under which Freeshares may be
allocated by the Company. The last award was made in July 2003.

HH SShhaarree  MMaattcchhiinngg  DDeeaall  PPllaann
The Share Matching Deal Plan was introduced in 2006 for those employees who were eligible to receive a cash-only bonus. The
scheme was not open to those employees who participated in the Deferred Share Bonus Plan. The Plan allows employees to invest
a proportion of their bonus in shares of the Company. These investment shares must be held by the participant for three years,
during which time they will receive dividends. At the end of the three-year holding period, if the participant is still in employment with
the Company, and still holds the investment shares, they will receive one matching share for every four that they bought.

During the year, 41,086 matching shares have been awarded under the Share Matching Deal Plan, at a fair value of 596.4p.

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

7755

1133  IINNTTAANNGGIIBBLLEE  AASSSSEETTSS

AAtt  33  AApprriill  22000055

Cost or valuation
Accumulated amortisation

Net book value

YYeeaarr  eennddeedd  11  AApprriill  22000066
Opening net book value
Additions
Transfers
Disposals 
Amortisation charge

Closing net book value

AAtt  11  AApprriill  22000066

Cost or valuation
Accumulated amortisation

Net book value

YYeeaarr  eennddeedd  3311  MMaarrcchh  22000077

Opening net book value
Additions
Transfers
Disposals 
Amortisation charge

CClloossiinngg  nneett  bbooookk  vvaalluuee

AAtt  3311  MMaarrcchh  22000077
Cost or valuation
Accumulated amortisation

NNeett  bbooookk  vvaalluuee

Goodwill
£m

Brands
£m

Computer
software 
under 
development
£m

Computer 
software
£m

69.5
–

69.5

69.5
–
–
–
–

69.5

69.5
–

69.5

6699..55
––
––
––
––

6699..55

6699..55
––

6699..55

80.0
(2.7)

77.3

77.3
–
–
–
(5.3)

72.0

80.0
(8.0)

72.0

7722..00
––
––
––
((55..33))

6666..77

8800..00
((1133..33))

6666..77

32.8
(19.8)

13.0

13.0
0.2
9.5
–
(7.4)

15.3

42.3
(27.0)

15.3

1155..33
00..33
2255..99
((00..11))
((88..99))

3322..55

5511..22
((1188..77))

3322..55

5.6
–

5.6

5.6
10.7
(9.5)
(0.1)
–

6.7

6.7
–

6.7

66..77
4466..22
((2255..99))
((11..66))
––

2255..44

2255..44
––

2255..44

Total
£m

187.9
(22.5)

165.4

165.4
10.9
–
(0.1)
(12.7)

163.5

198.5
(35.0)

163.5

116633..55
4466..55
––
((11..77))
((1144..22))

119944..11

222266..11
((3322..00))

119944..11

Goodwill relates to the acquisition of ‘per una’, which was acquired in October 2004 and is not amortised, but tested annually for
impairment with the recoverable amount being determined from value in use calculations. The key assumptions for the value in use
calculations are those regarding the discount rate, growth rates and changes in income and costs.

The Group prepares discounted cash flow forecasts based on financial forecasts approved by management covering a three-year
period, which takes account of both past performance and expectations for future market developments. Cash flows beyond this
three-year period are extrapolated using a growth rate of 2.0%, which does not exceed the long-term average growth rate for retail
businesses in the UK. Management estimates the discount rate using a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments 
of the time value of money and the risks specific to retail businesses. A pre-tax discount rate of 9.5% has been used.

Brands consist of the ‘per una’ brand which is being amortised on a straight-line basis over a period of 15 years.

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

i

l

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
7766

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

Notes to the financial statements continued

1144  PPRROOPPEERRTTYY,,  PPLLAANNTT  AANNDD  EEQQUUIIPPMMEENNTT

AAtt  33  AApprriill  22000055

Cost
Accumulated depreciation

Net book value

YYeeaarr  eennddeedd  11  AApprriill  22000066
Opening net book value
Exchange difference
Additions11
Transfers
Disposals 
Assets of discontinued operations
Depreciation charge22

Closing net book value

AAtt  11  AApprriill  22000066

Cost 
Accumulated depreciation

Net book value

YYeeaarr  eennddeedd  3311  MMaarrcchh  22000077

Opening net book value
Exchange difference
Additions11
Reclassification from investment property (see note 15)
Transfers
Disposals 
Depreciation charge22

CClloossiinngg  nneett  bbooookk  vvaalluuee

AAtt  3311  MMaarrcchh  22000077

Cost 
Accumulated depreciation

NNeett  bbooookk  vvaalluuee

Land and
buildings
£m

Fixtures,
fittings &
equipment
£m

Assets
in the
course of
construction
£m

Total
£m

2,412.0 
(82.7)

3,162.1 
(1,926.8)

2,329.3 

1,235.3 

21.6 
–

21.6 

5,595.7
(2,009.5)

3,586.2

2,329.3
2.2
34.7
–
(34.1)
(11.4)
(10.7)

1,235.3
2.0
251.8
20.3
(6.2)
(21.0)
(256.9)

21.6
0.3
40.3
(20.3)
–
(1.4)
–

3,586.2
4.5
326.8
–
(40.3)
(33.8)
(267.6)

2,310.0

1,225.3

40.5

3,575.8

2,392.2
(82.2)

3,287.1
(2,061.8)

2,310.0

1,225.3

40.5
–

40.5

5,719.8
(2,144.0)

3,575.8

22,,331100..00
((22..77))
6633..99
1133..22
88..88
((66..44))
((1133..99))

11,,222255..33
((11..66))
557788..77
––
2277..33
((1100..77))
((225544..99))

4400..55
((00..22))
110033..33
––
((3366..11))
––
––

33,,557755..88
((44..55))
774455..99
1133..22
––
((1177..11))
((226688..88))

22,,337722..99

11,,556644..11

110077..55

44,,004444..55

22,,446688..22
((9955..33))

33,,665533..33
((22,,008899..22))

22,,337722..99

11,,556644..11

110077..55
––

110077..55

66,,222299..00
((22,,118844..55))

44,,004444..55

11 ‘Additions’ includes £nil (last year £5.4m) in respect of the discontinued operation (see note 7).

22 ‘Depreciation charge’ includes £0.3m (last year £6.3m) in respect of the discontinued operation (see note 7).

The net book value above includes land and buildings of £43.7m (last year £44.9m) and equipment of £16.4m (last year £5.0m)
where the Group is a lessee under a finance lease.

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

7777

1155  IINNVVEESSTTMMEENNTT  PPRROOPPEERRTTYY

CCoosstt
At start of year
Reclassification to property, plant and equipment

At end of year

DDeepprreecciiaattiioonn
At start of year
Reclassification to property, plant and equipment
Depreciation charge

At end of year

NNeett  bbooookk  vvaalluuee

22000077
££mm

3388..66
((1133..33))

2255..33

00..11
((00..11))
00..22

00..22

2255..11

2006
£m

38.6
–

38.6

–
–
0.1

0.1

38.5

During the year, some investment properties have been transferred to property, plant and equipment (see note 14) as they are being
converted into new trading space. These properties are excluded from the market value of investment properties below.

The investment properties were valued at £34.3m as at 31 March 2007 by qualified professional valuers working for CB Richard Ellis,
Chartered Surveyors, acting in the capacity of External Valuers. Last year the investment properties were valued at £55.5m by
qualified professional valuers working for DTZ Debenham Tie Leung, Chartered Surveyors, acting in the capacity of External Valuers. 

All such valuers are Chartered Surveyors, being members of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors (RICS). The properties were
valued on the basis of Market Value. All valuations were carried out in accordance with the RICS Appraisal and Valuation Standards.
As the investment properties are held at depreciated historical cost, this valuation has not been reflected in the carrying value of 
the assets.

The Group received rental income of £1.7m (last year £1.5m) in respect of these investment properties.

1166  IINNVVEESSTTMMEENNTT  IINN  JJOOIINNTT  VVEENNTTUURREE

At start of year
Share of profit

AAtt  eenndd  ooff  yyeeaarr

22000077
££mm

99..00
00..33

99..33

2006
£m

8.7
0.3

9.0

The joint venture represents a 50% equity interest in Hedge End Park Limited, a property investment company incorporated in Great
Britain. The partner in the joint venture is J Sainsbury plc.

In relation to the Group’s interest in joint ventures, the assets and liabilities are shown below:

Non-current assets
Current assets
Current liabilities

NNeett  aasssseettss

22000077
££mm

22..66
77..11
((00..44))

99..33

2006
£m

2.5
6.7
(0.2)

9.0

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

i

l

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
7788

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

Notes to the financial statements continued

17 OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS

Non-current
Unlisted investments

Current
Listed UK securities
Unlisted investments

18 TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

Non-current
Other receivables
Prepaid leasehold premiums 
Other prepayments and accrued income

Current
Trade receivables
Less: Provision for impairment of receivables

Trade receivables – net
Other receivables
Prepaid pension contributions
Prepaid leasehold premiums 
Other prepayments and accrued income

2007
£m

3.0

46.2
4.7

50.9

2006
£m

3.3

43.6
5.2

48.8

2007
£m

2006
£m

1.4
242.8
2.8

247.0

69.0
(1.1)

67.9
51.9
–
7.6
69.3

5.3
235.8
1.7

242.8

45.2
(3.2)

42.0
27.4
57.7
7.6
75.8

196.7

210.5

19 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash and cash equivalents includes short-term deposits with banks and other financial institutions, with an initial maturity of three
months or less and credit card debtors receivable within 48 hours. The carrying amount of these assets approximates their fair value.

The effective interest rate on short-term bank deposits is 4.9% (last year 4.5%); these deposits have an average maturity 
of three days (last year eight days).

20 TRADE & OTHER PAYABLES

Current 
Trade payables
Other payables
Social security and other taxes
Pension contributions payable
Accruals and deferred income

Non-current
Accruals and deferred income

2007
£m

2006
£m

259.7
327.8
49.6
40.3
366.5

1,043.9

242.6
196.6
40.7
–
387.9

867.8

87.6

74.8

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

7799

21 BORROWINGS AND OTHER FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

Current
Bank loans, overdrafts and commercial paper1
Syndicated bank facility2
Medium term notes3
Securitised loan notes4
Finance lease liabilities
Non-equity B shares

Non-current
Medium term notes5
Securitised loan notes4
Finance lease liabilities

TToottaall

2007
£m

2006
£m

159.7
296.9
–
–
4.4
–

461.0

90.0
–
901.0
4.4
2.7
54.7

1,052.8

1,177.3
–
57.2

779.0
307.3
47.5

1,234.5

1,133.8

1,695.5

2,186.6

1 Bank loans, overdrafts and commercial paper includes a £5.0m (last year £5.0m) loan from the Hedge End Park Limited joint venture (see note 16).

2 Relates to a £1.2bn five-year committed facility set to mature on 27 March 2011.

3 Relates to a number of floating rate medium term notes which matured throughout the 2006/07 financial year linked to sterling and euro LIBOR for periods ranging 

from one to six months.

4 Relates to three separate bonds securitised against 45 of the Group’s properties which were redeemed on 12 March 2007 in order to release properties for use in the

limited partnership with the Marks & Spencer UK Pension Scheme. See note 11 for further details of the Pension Scheme.

5 Relates to fixed rate bonds of £375m at a rate of 6.375% repayable on 7 November 2011, £400m at a rate of 5.625% repayable on 24 March 2014 and £400m at 

a rate of 5.875% repayable on 29 May 2012. Interest on all of these bonds is payable annually.

Non-equity B shares

Authorised non-equity B shares of 70p each

Allotted, called up and fully paid non-equity shares of 70p each:
At start of year
Redemption of B shares

Shares 

–

2007
£m

Shares 

2006
£m

–

3,200,000,000

2,240.0

78,184,314
(78,184,314)

54.7
(54.7)

93,822,916
(15,638,602)

–

–

78,184,314

65.7
(11.0)

54.7

On 27 March 2006, the Company gave notice to redeem all of the remaining B shares in issue. The redemption was on the basis of
70p per share. The decision by the Company to redeem all outstanding B shares was consistent with the rights and restrictions
attached to the B shares contained in the circular sent to shareholders in February 2002 prior to approval at the Extraordinary
General Meeting of the Company on 28 February 2002. Prior to redemption, holders of B shares were entitled to receive a sub-
LIBOR dividend in respect of their B shares for the period 26 March to 4 May 2006 which is included within finance costs. The B
shares were redeemed at par on 5 May 2006.

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

l

i

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
8800

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

Notes to the financial statements continued

21 BORROWINGS AND OTHER FINANCIAL LIABILITIES continued

Maturity of borrowings
The maturity of borrowings is as follows:

Repayable within one year or on demand:
Bank loans, overdrafts and commercial paper 
Syndicated bank facility 
Medium term notes 
Securitised loan notes 
Finance leases 
Non-equity B shares 

Repayable between one and two years:
Securitised loan notes 
Finance leases 

Repayable between two and five years:
Medium term notes
Securitised loan notes 
Finance leases 

Repayable in five years or more:
Medium term notes 
Securitised loan notes 
Finance leases 

2007
£m

2006
£m

159.7
296.9
–
–
4.4
–

461.0

–
3.7

3.7

381.4
–
6.9

388.3

795.9
–
46.6

842.5

90.0
–
901.0
4.4
2.7
54.7

1,052.8

3.8
1.3

5.1

–
13.6
0.3

13.9

779.0
289.9
45.9

1,114.8

TToottaall

1,695.5

2,186.6

Borrowing facilities
At year end, the Group had a five-year committed syndicated bank facility of £1.2bn set to mature on 27 March 2011, which
contains only one financial covenant being the ratio of earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation and rents payable 
to interest plus rents payable. The Group also has a number of undrawn uncommitted facilities available to it. At year end, these
amounted to £155m (last year £175m), all of which are due to be reviewed within a year. At the balance sheet date a sterling
equivalent of £297m (last year £nil) was drawn under the committed facility and a further £19m (last year £nil) was drawn under 
the uncommitted facility.

Financial liabilities
After taking into account the various interest rate swaps entered into by the Group, the currency and interest rate exposure of the
Group’s financial liabilities is as set out below excluding short-term payables and the partnership liability (see note 22):

Currency

Sterling
Euro
Hong Kong Dollar

Fixed 
rate
£m

1,374.5
–
–

1,374.5

Floating 
rate
£m

154.1
159.5
7.4

321.0

2007

Total
£m

Fixed 
rate
£m

1,528.6
159.5
7.4

1,137.7
3.2
–

Floating 
rate
£m

1,045.5
0.2
–

2006

Total
£m

2,183.2
3.4
–

1,695.5

1,140.9

1,045.7

2,186.6

Included within floating rate liabilities is £nil (last year £54.7m) of unredeemed B shares.

The floating rate sterling and euro borrowings are linked to interest rates related to LIBOR. These rates are for periods up to one
month. Excluding finance leases but including the partnership liability, the fixed rate sterling borrowings are at an average rate of
5.8% (last year 6.1%) and the weighted average time for which the rate is fixed is 8.5 years (last year 10.4 years).

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

8811

21 BORROWINGS AND OTHER FINANCIAL LIABILITIES continued

Interest rate analysis
The effective interest rates at the balance sheet date were as follows:

Committed/uncommitted borrowings
Medium term notes
Securitised loan notes
Non-equity B shares
Finance leases

Finance leases
The minimum lease payments under finance leases fall due as follows:

Not later than one year
Later than one year but not more than five
More than five years

Future finance charges on finance leases

PPrreesseenntt  vvaalluuee  ooff  lleeaassee  oobblliiggaattiioonnss

2007
%

4.8
5.9
–
–
4.4

2006
%

–
5.7
6.3
3.5
4.4

2007
£m

7.1
19.5
196.0

222.6
(161.0)

61.6

2006
£m

4.8
9.8
197.7

212.3
(162.1)

50.2

It is the Group’s policy to lease certain of its properties and equipment under finance leases. The average lease term for equipment
is five years and 125 years for property. Interest rates are fixed at the contract rate. All leases are on a fixed repayment basis and 
no arrangements have been entered into for contingent payments. The Group’s obligations under finance leases are secured by the
lessors’ charges over the leased assets.

22 PARTNERSHIP LIABILITY TO THE MARKS & SPENCER UK PENSION SCHEME

The partnership liability to the Marks & Spencer UK Pension Scheme of £496.9m (last year £nil) relates to the amortising liability 
in respect of the obligations of the Marks and Spencer Scottish Limited Partnership to the Marks & Spencer UK Pension Scheme.

The Group has agreed a plan with the Pension Scheme Trustee to address the majority of the deficit by transferring properties with a
current market value of £1.1bn into a partnership established by the Group. A limited interest in this partnership was contributed to
the Pension Scheme on 13 March 2007. The Group retains control over these properties, including the flexibility to substitute
alternative properties. The properties held in the partnership have been leased back to Marks and Spencer plc. The pension scheme
is entitled to a distribution from the profits of the partnership of £50m per annum for 15 years from July 2008. The Group has the
right to buy out the Trustee’s partnership interest at any point for an amount equal to the net present value of the remaining annual
distributions due to the pension scheme.

Each year the obligation will reduce as payments are made to the pension scheme by the partnership and an interest charge will be
taken to the income statement representing the unwinding of the discounted obligation at an implied interest rate of 5.32%. The fair
value of this liability was £495.3m (last year £nil).

23 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Treasury Policy and Financial Risk Management
The Group operates a centralised Group Treasury function to manage the Group’s funding requirements and financial risks in line
with the Board approved treasury policies and procedures, and their delegated authorities.

The Group’s financial instruments, other than derivatives, comprise borrowings, cash and liquid resources and various items, such as
trade debtors and trade creditors, that arise directly from its operations. The main purpose of these financial instruments is to raise
finance for the Group’s operations.

Group Treasury also enters into derivative transactions, principally interest rate and currency swaps and forward currency contracts.
The purpose of these transactions is to manage the interest rate and currency risks arising from the Group’s operations and financing.

It remains the Group’s policy not to hold or issue financial instruments for trading purposes, except where financial constraints
necessitate the need to liquidate any outstanding investments. The treasury function is managed as a cost centre and does not
engage in speculative trading.

The principal financial risks faced by the Group are liquidity/funding, interest rate, foreign currency and counterparty risks. The
policies and strategies for managing these risks are summarised as follows:

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

i

l

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
8822

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

Notes to the financial statements continued

23 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS continued

(a) Liquidity/funding risk

The Group’s funding strategy is to ensure a mix of funding sources offering flexibility and cost effectiveness to match the
requirements of the Group. Operating subsidiaries are financed by a combination of retained profits, bank borrowings, medium-term
notes, securitised loan notes and committed syndicated bank facilities. In addition to the existing borrowings, the Group has a Euro
Medium Term Note programme of £3bn, of which £1.2bn (last year £1.7bn) was in issuance as at the balance sheet date. Short-
term borrowings are backed by a £1.2bn five-year committed syndicated bank facility, of which £296.9m (last year £nil) was drawn
down at the balance sheet date.

(b) Interest rate risk
The Group is exposed to interest rate risk in relation to the sterling, euro and Hong Kong dollar variable rate financial assets and
liabilities. The Group’s policy is to use derivative contracts where necessary to maintain a mix of fixed and floating rate borrowings to
manage this risk. The structure and maturity of these derivatives correspond to the underlying borrowings and are accounted for as
fair value or cash flow hedges as appropriate.

At the balance sheet date fixed rate borrowings amounted to £1,374.5m (last year £1,137.7m) representing three public bond issues
and finance leases. Based on the financial liabilities and assets as at the balance sheet date a one percentage point movement in
average interest rates will have a £3.0m (last year £6.2m) impact on the Group’s net interest charge.

(c) Foreign currency risk
Transactional foreign currency exposures arise from both the export of goods from the UK to overseas subsidiaries, and from the
import of materials and goods directly sourced from overseas suppliers. Group Treasury hedge these exposures principally using
forward foreign exchange contracts progressively covering up to 100% out to 18 months.

As at the balance sheet date the gross notional value in sterling terms of forward foreign exchange sell or buy contracts amounted to
£456m (last year £270m) with a weighted average maturity date of six months (last year six months).

The Group does not use derivatives to hedge balance sheet and profit and loss translation exposures. However, the translation
exposures arising on the overseas net assets are hedged with foreign currency debt. As at the balance sheet date, €234m (last year
€nil) and HK$113m (last year HK$nil) currency debt was hedging overseas net assets.

The Group also hedges foreign currency intercompany loans where these exist. As at the balance sheet date, the gross notional
value of intercompany loan hedges was £128m (last year £109m).

(d) Counterparty risk
Counterparty risk exists where the Group can suffer financial loss through default or non-performance by financial institutions.
Exposures are managed through Group Treasury policy which limits the value that can be placed with each approved counterparty to
minimise the risk of loss. The counterparties are limited to the approved institutions with secure credit ratings. Limits are reviewed
regularly by senior management. 

The maximum exposure to credit risk at the balance sheet date was as follows: trade receivables £68m (last year £42m), other
receivables £53m (last year £33m), cash and cash equivalents £180m (last year £363m) and derivatives £2m (last year £76m). 
The Group does not have any material exposures to concentrations of credit risk with any one counterparty.

Derivative financial instruments

Current
Interest rate swaps – fair value hedges
Cross currency – fair value hedges
Forward foreign exchange contracts – cash flow hedges
Forward foreign exchange contracts – held for trading

Non-current
Interest rate swaps – cash flow hedges
Forward foreign exchange contracts – cash flow hedges

Assets
£m

2007

Liabilities
£m

–
–
1.4
1.0

2.4

–
–

–

–
–
(8.3)
–

(8.3)

–
(0.2)

(0.2)

Assets
£m

1.6
71.9
1.2
1.7

76.4

–
–

–

2006

Liabilities
£m

–
(5.3)
(2.7)
–

(8.0)

(9.5)
–

(9.5)

During the year, the Group held a number of interest rate and currency swaps to redesignate both fixed and floating rate debt to the
Group’s desired interest rate profile. The attributes of these derivatives matched the characteristics of the underlying debt hedged.
Derivatives moving floating debt to fixed were designated as cash flow hedges, and derivatives moving fixed debt to floating were
designated as fair value hedges.

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

8833

23 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS continued

Forward foreign exchange contracts in relation to the Group’s forecast currency requirements are designated as cash flow hedges
with fair value movements recognised directly in equity. To the extent that these hedges cover actual currency payables or
receivables then associated fair value movements previously recognised in equity are recorded in the income statement in
conjunction with the corresponding asset or liability.

Forward foreign exchange contracts in relation to the hedging of the Group’s foreign currency intercompany loans are designated as
held for trading with fair value movements being recognised in the income statement. The corresponding fair value movement of the
intercompany loan balance results in an overall nil impact on the income statement.

Gains and losses in equity on forward foreign exchange contracts as of 31 March 2007 will be released to the income statement 
at various dates over the following 14 months from the balance sheet date.

With the exception of the Group’s fixed rate bond debt and the partnership liability (see note 22), there were no material differences
between the carrying value of non-derivative financial assets and financial liabilities and their fair values as at the balance sheet date.

The carrying value of the Group’s fixed rate bond debt was £1,177.3m (last year £915.0m), the fair value of this debt was £1,162.9m
(last year £940.8m).

24 PROVISIONS

At 3 April 2005

Provided in the year
Released in the year
Utilised during the year
Exchange differences

At 1 April 2006 

At 2 April 2006

Provided in the year
Released in the year
Utilised during the year
Exchange differences

At 31 March 2007 

Analysis of total provisions:

Current
Non-current

TToottaall  pprroovviissiioonnss

UK 
restructuring
£m

Overseas 
restructuring
£m

35.2
5.8
(3.5)
(18.2)
–

19.3

1199..33
22..00
((11..11))
((66..11))
––

14.1

9.7
–
–
(0.8)
0.1

9.0

99..00
––
––
((00..55))
((00..11))

8.4

2007
£m

5.7
16.8

22.5

Total
£m

44.9
5.8
(3.5)
(19.0)
0.1

28.3

2288..33
22..00
((11..11))
((66..66))
((00..11))

22.5

2006
£m

9.2
19.1

28.3

The provision for UK restructuring primarily relates to costs of closing Lifestore, restructuring of the Direct operation and head 
office restructuring.

The provision for overseas restructuring costs primarily relates to future closure costs in respect of discontinued operations in
Continental Europe.

The non-current provisions relate to closure costs of discontinued operations in Continental Europe, the closure of Lifestore
operations and the restructuring of Direct operations and are expected to be utilised over a period of 15 years. 

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

l

i

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
8844

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

Notes to the financial statements continued

25 DEFERRED TAX

Deferred tax is calculated in full on temporary differences under the liability method using a tax rate of 30% (last year 30%) for UK
differences and the local tax rates for overseas differences.

The movements in deferred tax assets and liabilities (after the offsetting of balances within the same jurisdiction as permitted by 
IAS 12 – ‘Income Taxes’) during the period are shown below. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are only offset where there is a legally
enforceable right of offset and there is an intention to settle the balances net.

Deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

At 3 April 2005 as previously reported

Prior year adjustment2

At 3 April 2005 restated

Charged to the income statement
Credited/(charged) to equity
Transferred to discontinued operations

At 1 April 20062

At 2 April 2006

Credited/(charged) to the income statement
Credited/(charged) to equity

At 31 March 2007

Fixed assets
temporary
differences
£m

Accelerated
capital
allowances
£m

Pension
temporary
differences
£m

Other 
short-term
temporary
differences
£m

Total
deferred
tax assets
£m

Deferred
tax liabilities1
£m

(145.7)
48.4

(97.3)
(2.7)
5.0
–

(95.0)

((9955..00))
44..44
––

(90.6)

(74.3)
–

(74.3)
(10.7)
–
–

(85.0)

((8855..00))
((1188..22))
––

(103.2)

241.2
–

241.2
(42.4)
52.7
–

251.5

225511..55
((7711..44))
33..44

183.5

3.4
–

3.4
(14.9)
24.7
(0.8)

12.4

1122..44
((1122..55))
2222..00

21.9

24.6
48.4

73.0
(70.7)
82.4
(0.8)

83.9

8833..99
((9977..77))
2255..44

11.6

(4.7)
–

(4.7)
(0.8)
(0.6)
–

(6.1)

((66..11))
((00..33))
((00..99))

(7.3)

Total
£m

19.9
48.4

68.3
(71.5)
81.8
(0.8)

77.8

7777..88
((9988..00))
2244..55

4.3

1 Deferred tax liabilities relate primarily to overseas fixed assets and accelerated capital allowances. 

2 Following a change in external interpretation of IAS 12 – ‘Income Taxes’ the opening balance sheet at 3 April 2005 has been restated to recognise £48.4m of additional
deferred tax assets arising on fixed asset temporary differences. At 1 April 2006 this balance was previously reported as £143.4m and has been restated to £95.0m.

In arriving at the deferred tax on fixed assets, credit has been taken for capital losses with a tax value of £57.0m (last year £56.1m).

No deferred tax is recognised on the unremitted earnings of overseas subsidiaries. As the earnings are continually reinvested by the
Group, no tax is expected to be payable on them in the foreseeable future. Undistributed profits of overseas subsidiaries amount to
£226.7m (last year £187.0m).

The Group is claiming UK tax relief for losses incurred by some of its current and former European subsidiaries. In the light of
continuing litigation, no asset has been recognised in respect of these claims.

26 SHARE CAPITAL

Shares 

2007
£m

Shares 

2006
£m

Authorised ordinary shares of 25p each

33,,220000,,000000,,000000

880000..00

3,200,000,000

800.0

Allotted, called up and fully paid ordinary shares of 25p each:
At start of year
Shares issued on exercise of share options

AAtt  eenndd  ooff  yyeeaarr

11,,668822,,443377,,001144
1177,,333366,,008866

442200..66
44..33

1,658,095,142
24,341,872

11,,669999,,777733,,110000

442244..99

1,682,437,014

414.5
6.1

420.6

Issue of new shares
17,336,086 (last year 24,341,872) ordinary shares having a nominal value of £4.3m (last year £6.1m) were allotted during the year
under the terms of the Company’s schemes which are described in note 12. The aggregate consideration received was £44.9m 
(last year £61.8m).

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

8855

27 STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

At 3 April 2005 as previously reported
Prior year adjustment (see note 25)

At 3 April 2005 restated
Profit for the year attributable to shareholders
Dividends
Foreign currency translation
Shares issued on exercise of employee share options
Redemption of B shares
Purchase of own shares held by employee trust4
Actuarial loss on retirement benefit deficit
Deferred tax on retirement benefit deficit
Deferred tax on share schemes
Deferred tax on revalued properties
Charge for share-based payments
Cash flow hedges

– losses deferred in equity
– recycled and reported in net profit
– amount recognised in inventories
– tax on fair value losses

Ordinary
share
capital
£m

414.5 
–

414.5
–
–
–
6.1
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

Share
premium 
account
£m

Capital
redemption 
reserve
£m

106.6 
–

2,102.8 
–

106.6
–
–
–
55.7
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

2,102.8
–
–
–
–
11.0
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

Hedging 
reserve
£m

Other
reserve1
£m

Retained 
earnings2,3

£m

(1.6)
–

(1.6)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

(3.1)
(1.4)
(3.8)
1.9

(6,542.2)
–

4,761.5 
48.4

(6,542.2)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

4,809.9
523.1
(204.1)
11.1
–
(11.0)
(6.0)
(169.3)
52.0
21.8
5.0
24.7

–
–
–
–

Total
£m

841.6
48.4

890.0
523.1
(204.1)
11.1
61.8
–
(6.0)
(169.3)
52.0
21.8
5.0
24.7

(3.1)
(1.4)
(3.8)
1.9

At 1 April 20065

420.6

162.3

2,113.8

(8.0)

(6,542.2)

5,057.2

1,203.7

At 2 April 2006
Profit for the year attributable to shareholders
Dividends
Foreign currency translation
Shares issued on exercise of employee share options
Redemption of B shares
Purchase of own shares held by employee trust4
Purchase of call option for Company’s shares
Actuarial loss on retirement benefit deficit
Deferred tax on retirement benefit deficit
Deferred tax on share schemes
Charge for share-based payments
Cash flow and net investment hedges

– losses deferred in equity
– recycled and reported in net profit
– amount recognised in inventories
– tax on fair value gains

442200..66
––
––
––
44..33
––
––
––
––
––
––
––

––
––
––
––

116622..33
––
––
––
4400..66
––
––
––
––
––
––
––

––
––
––
––

22,,111133..88
––
––
––
––
5544..77
––
––
––
––
––
––

––
––
––
––

((88..00))
––
––
––
––
––
––
––
––
––
––
––

((77..44))
1100..77
22..11
((11..88))

((66,,554422..22))
––
––
––
––
––
––
––
––
––
––
––

55,,005577..22
665599..99
((226600..66))
((1144..00))
––
((5544..77))
((1188..44))
((1177..33))
((88..66))
44..00
2222..33
2277..33

––
––
––
––

––
––
––
––

11,,220033..77
665599..99
((226600..66))
((1144..00))
4444..99
––
((1188..44))
((1177..33))
((88..66))
44..00
2222..33
2277..33

((77..44))
1100..77
22..11
((11..88))

At 31 March 2007

424.9

202.9

2,168.5

(4.4)

(6,542.2)

5,397.1

1,646.8

1 The ‘Other reserve’ was created as part of the capital restructuring that took place in 2002. It represents the difference between the nominal value of the shares
issued prior to the capital reduction by the Company (being the carrying value of the investment in Marks and Spencer plc) and the share capital, share premium
and capital redemption reserve of Marks and Spencer plc at the date of the transaction.

2 Cumulative goodwill of £nil (last year £62.0m) arising on the acquisition of subsidiaries has been written off against retained earnings.

3 Includes a cumulative £2.9m loss (last year £11.1m gain) in the currency reserve.

4 The Marks and Spencer Employee Benefit Trust (‘the Trust’) holds 4,767,449 (last year 2,820,688) shares with a book value of £28.1m (last year £9.7m) and a market
value of £32.3m (last year £15.7m). These shares were acquired by the Trust in the market. In addition, the Trust has entered into a call option to purchase up to 8.1m
of the Company’s shares. The Trust used funds provided by Marks and Spencer plc to meet the Group’s obligations. Awards are granted to employees at the discretion 
of Marks and Spencer plc and shares are awarded to employees by the Trust in accordance with the wishes of Marks and Spencer plc under senior executive share
schemes, the Share Matching Plan and Restricted Share Plan. Dividends are waived on all of these Plans except for the Deferred Bonus Share Plan where dividends 
are paid via a Dividend Reinvestment Plan for awards made in the form of forfeitable shares.

5 Retained earnings were previously reported as £5,008.8m. Following the change in accounting policy this has been restated to £5,057.2m (see note 25).

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

i

l

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
8866

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

Notes to the financial statements continued

28 CONTINGENCIES AND COMMITMENTS

A Capital commitments

Commitments in respect of properties in the course of construction

B Other material contracts:

2007
£m

226655..88

2006
£m

60.5

In the event of a material change in the trading arrangements with certain warehouse operators, the Group has a commitment to
purchase property, plant and equipment, at values ranging from historical net book value to market value, which are currently
owned and operated by them on the Group’s behalf.

C Commitments under operating leases:

The Group leases various stores, offices, warehouses and equipment under non-cancellable operating lease agreements. 
The leases have varying terms, escalation clauses and renewal rights. 

Total future minimum rentals under non-cancellable operating leases expiring:
Not later than one year
Later than one year and not later than five years
Later than five years and not later than 25 years
Later than 25 years

TToottaall

The total future sublease payments to be received are £68.8m (last year £58.9m).

29 ANALYSIS OF CASH FLOWS GIVEN IN THE CASH FLOW STATEMENT

A Cash flows from operating activities – continuing

Profit on ordinary activities after taxation
Income tax expense
Interest payable and similar charges
Interest receivable

Operating profit 
Increase in inventories
Decrease/(increase) in receivables
Payments to acquire leasehold properties
Increase in payables
Exceptional operating cash outflow (see note 29F)
Depreciation and amortisation
Share-based payments
(Profit)/loss on property disposals

Cash generated from operations – continuing

B Cash flows from operating activities – discontinued 

Profit on ordinary activities after taxation
Profit on sale of business
Income tax expense
Net interest receivable

Operating profit 
Decrease in working capital
Depreciation and amortisation
Loss on property disposals

Cash generated from operations – discontinued1

2007
£m

2006
£m

1100..66
5577..44
11,,777788..33
11,,552277..66

10.2
49.9
1,724.4
1,515.4

33,,337733..99

3,299.9

52 weeks
ended
31 March
2007
£m

659.2
277.5
143.0
(33.8)

1,045.9
(42.8)
12.5
(13.5)
136.6
(4.2)
282.7
27.3
(1.9)

52 weeks 
ended
1 April 
2006
£m

520.6
225.1
134.9
(30.5)

850.1
(42.2)
(4.1)
(38.0)
128.0
(14.6)
274.0
24.7
5.7

1,442.6

1,183.6

0.7
(0.4)
–
–

0.3
0.1
0.3
–

0.7

2.5
–
0.7
(0.2)

3.0
3.5
6.3
1.1

13.9

1 The discontinued operation relates to Kings Super Markets Inc. There was a cash outflow of £nil (last year £5.2m) in relation to investing activities, £nil inflow (last year

£0.1m) in relation to financing activities and £nil outflow (last year £0.6m) for taxation.

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

8877

29 ANALYSIS OF CASH FLOWS GIVEN IN THE CASH FLOW STATEMENT continued

C Capital expenditure and financial investment

Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
Purchase of intangible fixed assets
Sale/(purchase) of non-current financial assets
(Purchase)/sale of current financial assets

D Other debt financing

Cash inflow/(outflow) from borrowings
Drawdown/(repayment) of syndicated bank facility
Redemption of securitised loan notes
Redemption of medium term notes
Issue of medium term notes
Decrease in obligations under finance leases
Redemption of B shares

E Other equity financing

Shares issued on exercise of employee share options
Purchase of own shares held by employee trust
Purchase of call option for Company’s shares

F Exceptional operating cash flows

UK restructuring costs
Closure of Lifestore
Closure of European operations
Defence costs

52 weeks
ended
31 March
2007
£m

(666.9)
2.9
(46.5)
0.3
(2.6)

(712.8)

21.6
296.4
(319.6)
(818.2)
397.5
(2.2)
(54.7)

(479.2)

44.9
(18.4)
(17.3)

9.2

(2.8)
(0.7)
(0.7)
–

(4.2)

52 weeks 
ended
1 April 
2006
£m

(298.5)
45.1
(10.9)
(3.0)
1.0

(266.3)

(144.6)
(200.0)
(3.1)
(58.3)
–
(3.0)
(11.0)

(420.0)

61.8
(6.0)
–

55.8

(7.0)
(6.7)
(0.7)
(0.2)

(14.6)

Additions to property, plant and equipment during the year amounting to £13.6m (last year £1.3m) were financed by new finance
leases.

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

l

i

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
8888

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

Notes to the financial statements continued

30 ANALYSIS OF NET DEBT

A Reconciliation of movement in net debt

Net cash:
Bank loans (see note 21)
Less: amounts treated as financing (see below)

Cash and cash equivalents (see note 19)

Net cash per cash flow statement

At 
1 April
2006
£m

(90.0)
5.0

(85.0)
367.4

282.4

Fair value
Discontinued movement on
derivatives
£m

operations
£m

Cash flow
£m

Exchange
and other
non-cash
movements
£m

At
31 March
2007
£m

(366.1)
318.0

(48.1)
(180.9)

(229.0)

–
–

–
(4.9)

(4.9)

–
–

–
–

–

–

–
–

–
(1.5)

(1.5)

(0.6)

(456.1)
323.0

(133.1)
180.1

47.0

50.9

Current financial assets (see note 17)

67.7

2.6

(18.8)

Debt financing:
Bank loans, overdrafts and commercial paper treated as 

financing (see above)

Syndicated bank facility (see note 21)
Securitised loan notes (see note 21)
Medium term notes (see note 21) 
Finance lease liabilities (see note 21)
Non-equity B Shares (see note 21)
Partnership liability to the Marks & Spencer UK Pension 

Scheme (see note 22)

Debt financing

Net debt

B Reconciliation of net debt to balance sheet

Balance sheet and related notes
Cash and cash equivalents
Current financial assets (see note 17)

Bank loans, overdrafts and commercial paper (see note 21)
Syndicated bank facility (see note 21)
Medium term notes (see note 21)
Securitised loan notes (see note 21)
Finance lease liabilities (see note 21)
Non-equity B shares (see note 21)
Partnership liability to the Marks & Spencer UK Pension Scheme (see note 22)

Financial assets included within assets of discontinued operation
Interest payable included within related borrowing

TToottaall  nneett  ddeebbtt

(5.0)
–
(310.8)
(1,656.7)
(52.2)
(54.7)

–

(2,079.4)

(1,729.3)

(21.6)
(296.4)
319.6
420.7
2.2
54.7

–

479.2

252.8

–
–
–
–
2.0
–

–

2.0

(21.7)

–
–
–
67.0
–
–

–
–
(8.8)
1.8
(13.6)
–

(26.6)
(296.4)
–
(1,167.2)
(61.6)
–

–

(495.6)

(495.6)

67.0

67.0

(516.2)

(2,047.4)

(518.3)

(1,949.5)

2007
£m

2006
£m

180.1
50.9

362.6
48.8

(159.7)
(296.9)
(1,177.3)
–
(61.6)
–
(496.9)

(1,961.4)
–
11.9

(90.0)
–
(1,680.0)
(311.7)
(50.2)
(54.7)
–

(1,775.2)
21.7
24.2

(1,949.5)

(1,729.3)

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

8899

31 FOREIGN EXCHANGE RATES

Euro
US dollar
Hong Kong dollar

Weighted average 
sales rate

Weighted average
profit rate

Balance sheet rate

2007

1.48
1.88
14.77

2006

1.47
1.78
13.85

2007

1.47
1.88
14.77

2006

1.47
1.79
13.89

2007

1.47
1.96
15.31

2006

1.43
1.74
13.48

32 RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

A Subsidiaries
Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on consolidation and are
not disclosed in this note. Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries are disclosed in the Company’s separate financial
statements.

B Hedge End joint venture
A loan of £5.0m was received from the joint venture on 9 October 2002. It is repayable on five business days’ notice and 
was renewed on 31 December 2005. Interest was charged on the loan at 5%. 

C Marks & Spencer Pension Scheme
Details of other transactions and balances held with the Marks & Spencer Pension Scheme are set out in note 11.

D Key management compensation

Salaries and short-term benefits
Post-employment benefits
Termination benefits
Share-based payments

TToottaall

2007
£m

9.6
0.4
–
6.7

16.7

2006
£m

12.0
0.7
1.6
4.7

19.0

Key management in the comparative period included the directors, the Group Secretary, and the highest level of senior
management. In 2006/07, a new Executive Committee (ExCo) was formed and so key management for 2007 includes the directors, 
the Group Secretary and only those members of key management who are members of ExCo. If ExCo had been formed in the prior
year, the comparative total key management compensation would have been £12.3m. Further information about the remuneration 
of individual directors is provided in the Remuneration report.

During the year, key management have purchased goods at the Group’s usual prices less a 20% discount. This discount is available
to all staff employed directly by the Group in the UK. 

Interest-free loans outstanding to key management, which includes no directors, at 31 March 2007 were £nil (last year £13,678).

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

i

l

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
9900

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

Company income statement

Operating profit 
Income from shares in Group undertakings
Finance costs

Profit for the year attributable to shareholders

Company balance sheet

ASSETS
Non-current assets
Investments in Group undertakings
Current assets
Trade and other receivables

Total assets

LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
Amounts owed to Group undertakings
Trade and other payables
Non-equity B shares

Total liabilities

Net assets

EQUITY
Called up share capital – equity
Share premium account
Capital redemption reserve
Merger reserve
Retained earnings

Total equity

Approved by the Board
21 May 2007

Stuart Rose, Chief Executive
Ian Dyson, Group Finance Director

Notes

C2,C3

C4

52 weeks
ended
31 March 
2007
£m

–
260.6
(0.2)

260.4

52 weeks 
ended 
1 April 
2006
£m

–
205.2
(2.5)

202.7

Notes

2007
£m

2006
£m

C6

9,046.1

9,046.1

0.1

0.4

9,046.2

9,046.5

2,060.8
0.9
–

2,051.7
0.3
54.7

2,061.7

2,106.7

6,984.5

6,939.8

424.9
202.9
2,168.5
1,397.3
2,790.9

420.6
162.3
2,113.8
1,397.3
2,845.8

6,984.5

6,939.8

C7

C7

C7

C7

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

9911

Company statement of changes 
in shareholders’ equity

Profit attributable to shareholders
Dividends

Shares issued on the exercise of employee share options

Change in shareholders’ equity
Opening shareholders’ equity

CClloossiinngg  sshhaarreehhoollddeerrss’’  eeqquuiittyy

Company cash flow statement

Cash flows from operating activities
Cash generated from operations
Tax paid

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Dividends received
Investment in subsidiary

Net cash inflow from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Interest paid
Redemption of non-equity B shares
Shares issued on exercise of employee share options
Repayment/(drawdown) of intercompany loan
Equity dividends paid

Net cash outflow from financing activities

Net cash inflow from activities
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning and end of year

52 weeks 
ended 
31 March 
2007
£m

260.4
(260.6)

(0.2)
44.9

52 weeks 
ended 
1 April 
2006
£m

202.7
(204.1)

(1.4)
61.8

44.7
6,939.8

60.4
6,879.4

6,984.5

6,939.8 

52 weeks 
ended 
31 March 
2007
£m

52 weeks 
ended 
1 April 
2006
£m

0.9
–

0.9

260.6
–

260.6

(0.2)
(54.7)
44.9
9.1
(260.6)

(261.5)

–
–

(0.4)
(0.5)

(0.9)

205.2
(0.1)

205.1

(2.5)
(11.0)
61.8
(48.4)
(204.1)

(204.2)

–
–

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

i

l

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
9922

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

Company notes to the financial statements

C1 ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Company’s accounting policies are given in note 1 of the Group financial statements.

C2 EMPLOYEES

The Company had no employees during the current or prior year. Directors received emoluments in respect of their services 
to the Company during the year of £751,000 (last year £502,000). The Company did not operate any pension schemes during 
the current or preceding year.

C3 AUDITORS’ REMUNERATION

Auditors’ remuneration in respect of the Company’s annual audit has been borne by its subsidiary Marks and Spencer plc and 
has been disclosed on a consolidated basis in the Company’s consolidated financial statements as required by section 227A 
of the Companies Act 1985. 

C4 FINANCE COSTS

Dividends of £0.2m (last year £2.5m) were paid in respect of non-equity B shares.

C5 DIVIDENDS

Dividends on equity ordinary shares:
Paid final dividend 
Paid interim dividend 

2007
per share

2006
per share

2007
£m

2006
£m

9.2p
6.3p

7.5p
4.8p

15.5p

12.3p

154.6
106.0

260.6

124.3
79.8

204.1

In addition, the directors have proposed a final dividend in respect of the year ended 31 March 2007 of 12.0p per share amounting
to a dividend of £204.0m. It will be paid on 13 July 2007 to shareholders who are on the Register of Members on 1 June 2007. In line
with the requirements of IAS 10 – ‘Events after the Balance Sheet Date’, this dividend has not been recognised within these results.

C6 INVESTMENTS

A Investments in Group undertakings

Beginning of the year
Additional investment in subsidiary 

EEnndd  ooff  yyeeaarr

Shares in Group undertakings represent the Company’s investment in Marks and Spencer plc.

2007
£m

2006
£m

9,046.1
–

9,046.0
0.1

9,046.1

9,046.1

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

9933

C6 INVESTMENTS CONTINUED

B Principal subsidiary undertakings
The Company’s principal subsidiary undertakings are set out below. A schedule of interests in all undertakings is filed with the 
Annual Return.

Marks and Spencer plc
Marks and Spencer International Holdings Limited
Marks and Spencer (Nederland) BV
Marks and Spencer (Ireland) Limited
Marks and Spencer (Asia Pacific) Limited
Marks and Spencer Simply Foods Limited
M.S. Insurance L.P.
Marks and Spencer Investments Limited
St Michael Finance plc
Marks and Spencer Finance plc
Marks and Spencer Chester Limited
Marks and Spencer SCM Limited
Per Una Group Limited
Marks and Spencer Scottish Limited Partnership

1 Marks and Spencer plc is a general partner.

Principal activity

Country of incorporation 
and operation

Proportion of voting rights
and shares held by:

Company

A subsidiary

Retailing
Holding Company
Holding Company
Retailing
Retailing
Retailing
Financial Services 
Finance
Finance
Finance
Property Investment
Procurement
Procurement
Property Investment

Great Britain
Great Britain
The Nederlands
Republic of Ireland
Hong Kong
Great Britain
Guernsey
Great Britain
Great Britain
Great Britain
Great Britain
Great Britain
Great Britain
Great Britain

100%
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
–1

The Company has taken advantage of the exemption under Section 231(5) of the Companies Act 1985 by providing information only
in relation to subsidiary undertakings whose results or financial position, in the opinion of the directors, principally affected the
financial statements.

C7 STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

At 3 April 2005
Profit for the year attributable to shareholders
Dividends
Shares issued on exercise of employee share options
Redemption of B shares

At 1 April 2006

At 2 April 2006
Profit for the year attributable to shareholders
Dividends
Shares issued on exercise of employee share options 

(see note 12)

Redemption of B shares

At 31 March 2007

Ordinary
share
capital
£m

414.5
–
–
6.1
–

420.6

442200..66
––
––

44..33
––

Share
premium
account
£m

106.6
–
–
55.7
–

162.3

116622..33
––
––

4400..66
––

Capital
redemption
reserve
£m

2,102.8
–
–
–
11.0

Merger
reserve
£m

1,397.3
–
–
–
–

Retained
earnings
£m

2,858.2
202.7
(204.1)
–
(11.0)

Total
£m

6,879.4
202.7
(204.1)
61.8
–

2,113.8

1,397.3

2,845.8

6,939.8

22,,111133..88
––
––

11,,339977..33
––
––

22,,884455..88
226600..44
((226600..66))

66,,993399..88
226600..44
((226600..66))

––
5544..77

––
––

––
((5544..77))

4444..99
––

424.9

202.9

2,168.5

1,397.3

2,790.9

6,984.5

C8 RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

During the year, the Company has received dividends from Marks and Spencer plc of £260.6m (last year £205.2m) and has
increased its loan from Marks and Spencer plc by £9.1m (last year £48.4m decrease). There were no other related party
transactions.

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

l

i

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
9944

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

Group financial record

The figures for 2005 to 2007 are prepared under IFRS. The figures for 2004 and 2003 are UK GAAP figures presented in the same
format as the 2005 to 2007 figures.

Income statement
Revenue – continuing operations

Operating profit – continuing operations

United Kingdom
Overseas

Total operating profit

Analysed as

Before exceptional operating charges
Exceptional operating charges

Net interest payable1
Pension finance income/(charge)

Profit before taxation – continuing operations
Taxation on ordinary activities

Profit after taxation
Profit from discontinued operations
Minority interests

Profit attributable to shareholders

IFRS
2007
52 weeks
£m

IFRS
2006
52 weeks
£m

IFRS
2005
52 weeks
£m

UK GAAP
2004
53 weeks
£m

UK GAAP
2003
52 weeks
£m

8,588.1

7,797.7

7,490.5 

7,728.1 

7,399.0

956.7
89.2

1,045.9

1,045.9
–

(130.0)
20.8

936.7
(277.5)

659.2
0.7
–

659.9

784.5
65.6

850.1

850.1
–

(121.9)
17.5

745.7
(225.1)

520.6
2.5
–

523.1

528.0 
70.1 

598.1 

738.6 
45.0 

783.6 

601.5
34.9

636.4

648.7 
(50.6)

(104.4)
11.4 

505.1 
(150.1)

355.0 
231.2 
– 

586.2 

825.7 
(42.1)

(45.7)
(15.2)

722.7 
(225.1)

497.6 
54.7
– 

552.3 

680.3
(43.9)

(40.6)
27.0

622.8
(182.1)

440.7
66.2
0.4

507.3

1 For 2007 includes £30.4m of exceptional finance costs which arose on the early redemption of £317.2m of secured bonds (see note 5).

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

9955

Balance sheet
Non-current assets

Intangible non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment (including investment properties)
Trade and other receivables
Joint venture and other financial assets
Deferred tax assets

Non-current assets
Current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities

Retirement benefit deficit
Other non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

IFRS
2007
£m

IFRS1
2006
£m

IFRS1
2005
£m

UK GAAP
2004
£m

UK GAAP
2003
£m

194.1
4,069.6
247.0
12.3
11.6

4,534.6
846.4

163.5
3,614.3
242.8
12.3
83.9

4,116.8
1,142.1

165.4 
3,624.8 
211.2 
9.0 
73.0 

4,083.4 
832.3 

– 
3,497.6 
1,779.3 
10.0 
203.5 

5,490.4 
2,086.7 

–
3,435.1
1,559.5
29.7
277.1

5,301.4
1,686.8

5,381.0

5,258.9

4,915.7 

7,577.1 

6,988.2

(1,606.2)

(2,017.0)

(1,237.4)

(1,919.9)

(1,769.4)

(283.3)
(1,843.3)

(794.9)
(1,243.3)

(676.0)
(2,044.7)

(669.5)
(2,533.7)

(1,278.2)
(1,832.3)

(3,732.8)

(4,055.2)

(3,958.1)

(5,123.1)

(4,879.9)

1,648.2

1,203.7

957.6 

2,454.0 

2,108.3

1 Non-current deferred tax assets have been restated by £48.4m in 2005 and 2006 due to a change in accounting policy (see note 25).

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

Cash flow
Cash flows from operating activities
Generated from operating activities
Taxation paid

Cash flows from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Acquisitions and disposals
Capital expenditure and financial investment
Dividends received from joint venture
Interest received

Cash flows from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Interest paid1
Non-equity dividend paid
Other debt financing 
Equity dividends paid
Other equity financing

Cash flows from financing activities

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from activities

1 2007 includes £21.6m of exceptional finance costs.

IFRS
2007
52 weeks
£m

IFRS
2006
52 weeks
£m

IFRS
2005
52 weeks
£m

UK GAAP
2004
53 weeks
£m

UK GAAP
2003
52 weeks
£m

1,443.3
(150.8)

1,197.5
(101.5)

1,601.8 
(166.7)

1,292.5

1,096.0

1,435.1 

666.5 
(220.4)

446.1 

1,168.7
(216.9)

951.8

48.8
(712.8)
–
13.2

(650.8)

(145.0)
–
(479.2)
(260.6)
9.2

(875.6)

(233.9)

–
(266.3)
–
12.9

(253.4)

351.1 
(113.5)
– 
15.4 

253.0 

(142.8)
–
(420.0)
(204.1)
55.8

(116.5)
(2.8)
757.1 
(236.9)
(2,265.1)

(711.1)

(1,864.2)

131.5

(176.1)

51.3 
(317.4)
– 
14.4 

(251.7)

(61.2)
(3.0)
413.6 
(247.1)
(66.6)

35.7 

230.1 

(38.8)
(326.7)
8.0
11.9

(345.6)

(51.3)
(6.8)
(431.4)
(225.4)
(280.9)

(995.8)

(389.6)

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

l

i

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
9966

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

Group financial record continued

Key performance measures

Gross margin1

Net margin1

Gross profit

Revenue

Operating profit

Revenue

IFRS
2007
52 weeks

IFRS
2006
52 weeks

IFRS
2005
52 weeks

UK GAAP
2004
53 weeks

UK GAAP
2003
52 weeks4

38.9%

38.3%

34.7%

35.4%

34.8%

12.2%

10.9%

8.0%

9.9%

8.6%

Net margin excluding property disposals and exceptional items

12.2%

11.0%

8.7%

10.2%

9.2%

Profitability1

Profit before tax

Revenue

10.9%

9.6%

6.7%

9.4%

8.4%

Profitability excluding property disposals and exceptional items

11.2%

9.6%

7.4%

9.7%

9.0%

Basic earnings per share1

Basic earnings

Weighted average ordinary 
shares in issue

39.1p

31.3p

17.6p

24.2p

21.8p

Earnings per share adjusted for property disposals and exceptional items1

40.4p

31.4p

19.2p

24.7p

23.3p

Dividend per share declared in respect of the year

18.3p

14.0p

12.1p

11.5p

10.5p

Dividend cover

Profit attributable to shareholders

Dividend payable

2.1x

2.2x

2.9x

2.1x

2.1x

Return on equity2

Profit attributable to shareholders

Average equity shareholders’ funds

46.3%

50.0%

35.1%

25.2%

22.4%

Retail gearing2

Retail debt + net post retirement liability

Retail debt + net post retirement liability 
+ retail shareholders’ funds

59.1%

68.8%

76.2%

44.7%

53.0%

Operating profit before depreciation 
and operating lease charges
Fixed charges3

Retail fixed charge cover

Net debt5 (£m)

Capital expenditure (£m)

1 Based on continuing operations.

55..99xx

4.9x

4.1x

7.3x

6.9x

1,949.5

1,729.3

2,147.7

1,994.7

1,831.4

792.4

337.7

229.4

433.5

311.0

2 Retail shareholders’ funds for 2005 and 2006 have been restated to recognise £48.4m of additional tax assets and reserves, following the change in external

interpretation of IAS 12 – ‘Income Taxes’.

3 Fixed charges are defined as net interest payable and operating leases payable.

4 Comparatives for 2003 have been restated following the adoption of FRS 17 – ‘Retirement Benefits’, Application Note G of FRS 5 – ‘Revenue Recognition’ 

and UITF 38 – ‘Accounting for ESOP Trusts’. 

5 Excludes accrued interest.

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

9977

UK store portfolio (as at 11 May 2007)

Abbeycentre Belfast • Aberdeen • Accrington • Aldershot Outlet • Altrincham • Andover • Ards Shopping Centre • Arena Park Coventry •
Arnison Centre Durham • Ashford • Ashford Outlet • Ashton-under-Lyne • Astle Park Outlet • Avonmeads • Aylesbury • Ayr • Balham •
Ballymena • Banbridge Outlet • Banbury • Bangor, Northern Ireland • Bangor, Wales • Banstead • Barnsley • Barnstaple • Barrow •
Basildon • Basingstoke • Bath • Bath Road, Slough • Bayswater • Beaconsfield • Bearsden • Beckenham • Bedford • Belfast • Beverley •
Bexleyheath • Bicester • Biggin Hill • Birch West Services • Birkenhead • Birmingham • Birmingham New Street Station • Bishop
Auckland • Bishop Stortford • Blackburn • Blackheath • Blackpool • Blackrock • Blanchardstown • Bluewater • Bolton • Bolton
Middlebrook • Bond Street Station • Bootle • Borehamwood • Boston • Bothwell Street, Glasgow • Boundary Mill Outlet • Bournemouth •
Brackley (BP) • Bracknell • Bradford • Bradwell Abbey, Milton Keynes (BP) • Braehead • Braintree • Braintree Outlet • Breakspear Way
(BP) • Brent Cross • Brentwood • Bridgend Outlet • Bridlington • Brighton • Brighton Station • Bristol • Brixton Road • Bromley •
Brompton Road • Brooklands • Broughty Ferry • Burnley • Burton • Bury • Bury St. Edmunds • Buxton • Byker Outlet • Byres Road,
Glasgow • Camberley • Cambridge • Cambridge Station • Camden Town • Canary Wharf • Cannon Street Station • Canterbury • Cardiff •
Cardiff Station • Cardinal Place, Victoria • Carlisle • Carmarthen • Castleford • Castleford Outlet • Castlepoint • Caversham • Charing
Cross Station • Chatham Outlet • Chelmsford • Chelsea • Cheltenham • Cherwell Valley Services • Cheshire Oaks Outlet • Cheshunt •
Chester • Chesterfield • Chichester • Chieveley Services • Chiswick • Christchurch • Church View, Tunbridge Wells (BP) • Cirencester •
Clacton • Clapham • Clapham South • Claredon (BP) • Clarion Quay, Dublin • Cleveleys • Colchester • Coleraine • Coliseum • Colmore
Row • Cork • Covent Garden • Coventry • Craigleith • Cranleigh • Crawley • Crescent Link • Crewe • Cribbs Causeway • Cross Gates,
Leeds • Crouch End • Croydon • Culverhouse Cross • Cwmbran • Dalton Park Outlet • Darlington • Deal • Denton Outlet • Derby •
Devizes • Dewsbury • Didsbury • Doncaster • Doncaster Outlet • Donington Park Services • Dorchester • Dorking • Douglas • Dover •
Drogheda • Grafton Street, Dublin • Mary Street, Dublin • Dumbarton • Dumfries • Dun Laoghaire, Dublin • Dundee • Dundrum •
Dunfermline • Durham • Ealing Broadway • Earls Court • East Kilbride • East Reading Services • Eastbourne • Edgware Broadwalk •
Edgware Road • Edinburgh • Edinburgh Waverley Station • Elgin • Eltham • Enfield • Epsom • Euston Station • Evesham • Exeter •
Exeter Services • Falkirk • Falmouth • Fareham • Felixstowe • Fenchurch Street • Ferrybridge Services • Fforestfach • Finsbury
Pavement • Fleet • Fleetwood Outlet • Formby • Fort Kinnaird • Fosse Park • Fourways, Corby (BP) • Foyleside • Frankley South
Services • Frome • Fulham Island • Gainsborough • Galway • Gatwick North • Gatwick South • Gemini, Warrington • Gerrards Cross •
Glasgow Argyl Street • Glasgow Central Station • Glasgow Sauchiehall Street • Gloucester • Godstone Park (BP) • Grafton Centre
Cambridge • Grantham • Gravesend • Green Park • Greenock • Greenwich • Gretna Outlet • Grimsby • Guildford • Guiseley • Gunwharf
Quays Outlet • Gyle • Hackney • Halifax • Hamilton • Hammersmith • Hammersmith Flyover (BP) • Hampstead • Handforth, Wilmslow •
Harborne • Harbourside, Bristol • Harlow • Harpenden • Harrogate • Harrow • Hartlepool • Hastings • Hatfield Outlet • Haywards Heath •
Hazel Grove • Heathrow Terminal 3 • Hedge End • Hemel Hempstead • Hempstead Valley • Hereford • Hertford • High Wycombe •
Hilton Park North Services • Hitchin • Holloway Road • Honiton • Horsham • Hounslow Outlet • Huddersfield • Hull • Huntingdon • Ilford •
Ilkeston • Inverness • Ipswich • Irvine • Islington • Junction One Outlet • Keighley • Kendal • Kensington • Kenton Bar • Kettering • Kew •
Kidderminster Weavers Wharf • Kilburn • Kilmarnock • Kings Cross Station • Kings Lynn • Kings Road • Kingsditch • Kingston •
Kingston Park Milton Keynes • Kingsway Derby • Kirkcaldy • Knutsford Services • Lancaster • Lancaster North Services • Leamington •
Leeds • Leeds Central Station • Leeds Moortown • Leicester • Leigh Delamere East Services • Leigh Delamere West Services •
Letchworth • Lewisham • Lichfield • Liffey Valley • Lincoln • Lisburn • Liverpool • Liverpool Lime Street Station • Liverpool Street Station •
Livingston • Livingston Outlet • Llandudno • Llanelli • Llanishen • London Bridge Station • London Colney • Loughborough • Loughton •
Lower Earley • Lowestoft • Lowry Outlet • Luton • Luton Airport • Lytham St. Annes • Macclesfield • Maidenhead • Maidstone •
Malone • Manchester • Manchester Piccadilly Plaza • Manchester Piccadilly Station • Mansfield • Mansfield Outlet • Marble Arch • Market
Harborough • Marlow • Marylebone Station • Meadowhall • Melton Mowbray • Merry Hill • Metro Centre • Middlesbrough • Mill Hill •
Milngavie • Milton Dumbarton (BP) • Milton Keynes • Monks Cross • Monmouth • Morningside, Edinburgh • Morpeth • Mount, St Albans
(BP) • Muswell Hill • Naas • Neath • New Mersey • Newark • Newbridge • Newbury • Newcastle • Newcastle-under-Lyme • Newmarket •
Newport • Newport, Isle of Wight • Newry • Newton Abbot • Newton Mearns • Newtownbreda • North Stafford Services • Northallerton •
Northampton • Northolt Park (BP) • Northwich • Norwich • Notting Hill Gate • Nottingham • Nuneaton • Oadby • Ocean Terminal •
Omagh • Ormskirk • Orpington • Orsett South (BP) • Oxford • Paddington Station • Paisley • Palmers Green • Pantheon • Paternoster
Square • Pease Pottage Services • Perth • Peterborough • Pinner • Plymouth • Pontardulais • Pontefract • Pontypridd • Poole •
Portsmouth • Preston • Prestwich • Princes Risborough • Princess Park • Pudsey • Putney • Reading • Reading Station • Redcar •
Redditch • Redhill • Reigate • Rhyl • Richmond • Rickmansworth • Ripon • Rochdale • Romford • Rotherham Parkgate • Roundacre
Basildon (BP) • Royal Quays Outlet • Rugby • Ruislip • Sale • Salisbury • Scarborough • Scunthorpe • Sevenoaks • Sheaf Street Station •
Sheffield • Shepherds Bush (BP) • Shirley • Shoreham • Shrewsbury • Skegness • Slateford Road, Edinburgh (BP) • Slough • Solihull •
Sonning Cutting, Reading (BP) • South Shields • South Woodford • Southend-on-Sea • Southgate • Southport • Southwaite South
Services • Spalding • Speke • Springfields Outlet • St Albans • St Helens • St Neots • Stafford • Staines • Stamford • Stevenage •
Stirling • Stockport • Stockton • Stoke-on-Trent • Straiton • Stratford • Street Outlet • Sudbury • Summertown • Sunbury Cross •
Sunderland • Surbiton • Sutton • Sutton Coldfield • Swansea • Swindon • Swindon Outlet • Swiss Cottage • Talbot Green • Tamworth •
Tamworth Services • Taunton • Teddington • Teesside • Telford • Temple Fortune • Tewkesbury • The Forge Outlet • The Fort Birmingham •
The More, London • Thurrock • Thurrock Outlet • Thurrock Services • Tiverton • Toddington North Services • Toddington South Services •
Tolworth • Tooting • Torbay • Torquay • Tottenham Court Road • Trafford Park • Trowbridge • Trowell North Services • Truro Lemon Quay •
Tunbridge Wells • Twickenham • Upper Road Belfast • Uxbridge • Valley Park Croydon • Victoria Station • Wakefield • Walsall • Walsall
Outlet • Walworth Road • Warrington • Waterloo Station • Watford • Welwyn Garden City • West Bridgford • West End Glasgow • West
Quay • West Reading Services • West Wickham • Westbourne • Westcliffe-on-Sea (BP) • Westhill • Weston-Super-Mare • Westwood
Cross • Wetherby • Weymouth • Whetstone • Whitley Bay • Wigan • Wimbledon • Winchester • Windsor • Woking • Wokingham •
Wolverhampton • Wood Green • Woolley Edge South Services • Woolwich Outlet • Worcester • Workington • Worthing • Wrexham •
Wrythe (BP) • Wycombe Marsh • Yarmouth • Yeovil • York • York Outlet • York Retail Park

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

i

l

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
98

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

Shareholder information

ORDINARY SHARES
As at 31 March 2007 there are 232,802 holders of ordinary shares whose shareholdings
are analysed as below. We also have a further 38,000 investors holding shares via our
Corporate nominee.

Percentage of 
total number of 
shareholders

Number of
ordinary shares

Percentage of 
ordinary shares

Size of shareholding

1 – 500

501 – 1,000

1,001 – 2,000

2,001 – 5,000

5,001 – 10,000

10,001 – 100,000

100,001 – 1,000,000

1,000,001 – Highest

Total

Number of 
shareholders

118,099

46,572

34,937

23,530

5,952

2,968

519

225

50.73

20.00

15.01

10.11

2.56

1.27

0.22

0.10

23,138,646

34,511,550

49,595,056

71,687,705

41,163,276

69,611,100

180,108,886

1,229,956,881

232,802

100.00

1,699,773,100

Shareholders are further analysed as follows

Type of owner
Private holders

224,520

96.44

323,657,534

Institutional and corporate holders

8,282

3.56

1,376,115,566

Total

232,802

100.00

1,699,773,100

1.36

2.03

2.92

4.22

2.42

4.09

10.60

72.36

100.00

19.04

80.96

100.00

FINANCIAL CALENDAR

Record date to be eligible for the 
final dividend
1 June 2007

AGM – Earls Court 2
10 July 2007

Final ordinary dividend for the year to
31 March 2007 to be paid
13 July 2007

Half year results to be announced
6 Nov 2007*

Record date to be eligible for the 
interim dividend
16 Nov 2007*

Interim ordinary dividend to be paid
11 Jan 2008*

*provisional dates

Shareholder vouchers
The 2006 Café Revive and Spend and Save vouchers once
again proved very popular. The offer for 2007/08 is being
extended to technology products and shopping online via 
our website. Vouchers will be distributed with the January
dividend and be valid throughout February and March 2008.

Dividends 
Shareholders are able to choose how they receive their dividends
• direct to their bank account;†
• paid in foreign currencies;
• reinvested in M&S shares; or
• paid by cheque.

†M&S preferred option
The quickest and most efficient way to receive your dividends
is to have them paid direct to your bank account. This saves
waiting for funds to clear and reduces the paper and postage
we use. Those selecting this payment method receive a
consolidated tax voucher at their registered address each
January. However, we are able to send a tax voucher with
each payment if preferred. To change how you receive your
dividends either log on to www.shareview.co.uk or contact
Lloyds TSB Registrars.

Electronic communication
Together with Lloyds TSB Registrars we are able to offer an
easy to use, free and secure service allowing you to manage
your shareholding online. You can also elect to view your
Annual report via our website. Shareholders who choose this
option receive the same information, only sooner.

We recognise electronic communication is not for everyone, which
is why we offer choices. By advising us of your requirements we
are able to offer a range of services and tailor communication to
meet your needs. Informed choices, aligned to new technology
will reduce the amount of paper, print and postage we use.
Together, we can minimise waste and our impact on the
environment. For further information go to
www.shareview.co.uk

Electronic shareholding
Shareholders can hold shares electronically in our 
Corporate nominee account. This 
• gives increased security for personal details;
• removes the need for a share certificate; and
• provides share dealing at competitive rates.
For further information please contact Lloyds TSB Registrars.

Company website
Visit www.marksandspencer.com/thecompany to find out 
more about your Company. You can catch up on the latest
news in the press release section, read the latest Annual report
and review, as well as watch recordings of past AGMs and 
our financial results presentations. Our 2007 AGM is being
broadcast live on the internet and details of how you can view
this are included in your Notice of Meeting. We welcome
feedback on the site. Please email your comments to
chairman@marks-and-spencer.com

Shareholder security
Shareholders are advised to be very wary of any unsolicited
advice, offers to buy shares at a discount, or offers of free
reports about the Company. Details of any share dealing
facilities that the Company endorses will be included in
Company mailings. More detailed information can be found at
www.fsa.gov.uk/consumer 

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

99

SHAREHOLDER VOUCHERS
Enjoy shopping at M&S stores and online with your 
annual shareholder vouchers.

DIVIDENDS 
Receive dividends direct to your bank account in 
sterling or foreign currency, reinvest in more M&S 
shares or receive a cheque.

ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS
Register your AGM vote, update your details and check 
your holding online at www.shareview.co.uk

ELECTRONIC SHAREHOLDING
Open an M&S Share Service account for more convenient
dealing without a share certificate. For further information
please contact LloydsTSB registrars.

COMPANY WEBSITE
Keep updated on M&S news as it happens at 
www.marksandspencer.com

CONTACT US
Email us at chairman@marks-and-spencer.com
Customer queries 0845 302 1234
Shareholder queries 0845 609 0810
+44 (0) 121 415 7071 (outside the UK)

ShareGift
Shareholders with a small number of shares, the value of which
makes it uneconomical to sell, may wish to consider donating
them to charity.

ShareGift is a registered charity administered by The Orr
Mackintosh Foundation. Set up in 1996, they have donated 
the proceeds of unwanted shareholdings to a wide range of 
UK charities. 

Find out more at www.ShareGift.org or by telephoning 
ShareGift on 020 7337 0501.

American Depositary Receipts (ADRs)
The Company has a level 1 ADR programme sponsored by 
JP Morgan Chase Bank NA to enable US investors to purchase
Marks & Spencer American Depository Shares (ADSs) in US
Dollars ‘over the counter’. Each ADS represents six ordinary
shares. For further information, please contact
JP Morgan Chase Bank, 
NA P.O. Box 43013, Providence, RI 02940-3013, USA
Email: adr@jpmorgan.com
Website: www.adr.com

Toll-free for callers within the US: (800) 990 1135
For those calling outside the US: +1 (781) 575 4328

Half year results
The half year results will be advertised in selected national
newspapers and be available on our website in November.

How we do business
A copy of the How we do business report detailing our
environmental and social performance is available online at
www.marksandspencer.com/howwedobusinessreport2007

Capital Gains Tax (CGT)
For the purposes of CGT, the price of an ordinary share on 31
March 1982 was 153.5p, which, when adjusted for the 1 for 1
scrip issue in 1984, gives a figure of 76.75p.

Following the capital reorganisation in March 2002, the Inland
Revenue has confirmed the base cost for CGT purposes was
372.35p (81.43%) for an ordinary share and 68.75p (18.57%)
for a B share.

Unsolicited mail
The Company is obliged by law to make its share register
publicly available and, as a consequence, some shareholders
may receive unsolicited mail. If you wish to limit the amount of
unsolicited mail you receive, please contact:

The Mailing Preference Service (MPS)
DMA House, 70 Margaret Street, London W1W 8SS

Alternatively, register online at www.mpsonline.org.uk
or call the MPS Registration line on 0845 703 4599.

The use of a nominee company can also help protect your
privacy. You can transfer your shares into our Corporate nominee
company by contacting Lloyds TSB Registrars. Alternatively,
contact your broker for information on their nominee services.

Registered office and Head office
Waterside House, 35 North Wharf Road, London W2 1NW
Telephone +44 (0) 20 7935 4422
Registered in England and Wales (No. 4256886)

Group Secretary and Head of Corporate
Governance
Graham Oakley

Registrars
Lloyds TSB Registrars, 
The Causeway, Worthing, West Sussex BN99 6DA

Telephone 0845 609 0810
and outside the UK +44 (0) 121 415 7071

Feedback
We want to know what you think of this document. Please go to
www.marksandspencer.com/annualreport2007survey
and complete our online survey.

Further information
For additional copies of the Annual report or Annual review 
and summary financial statements go to 
www.marksandspencer.com/thecompany

Alternatively, call 0800 591 697

Large print and audio files can be downloaded 
from our website.

E
x
e
c
u
t
i
v
e

T
e
a
m

Y
o
u
r

B
o
a
r
d

R
e
v
e
w

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
s

l

i

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

 
 
110000

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

Glossary

Better buying
Refers to the way we now buy our clothing – at the right time,
in the right amount at the right price. 

Gross margin
Sales less the cost of goods sold, as a percentage of sales.

Business Involvement Groups (BIG)
Comprise some 3,500 people across M&S, elected to represent
their colleagues’ views when the Company is informing,
consulting and involving staff on matters relating to work and
employment. 

Market share
The percentage of the market or market segment that is being
serviced by M&S. For instance, if 100 t-shirts were sold a year
in the UK and M&S sold 10 of them, it would have 10% 
market share.

Buying direct
Buying directly from a supplier. Around 30% of the general
merchandise we buy is sourced ‘direct’. 

M&S Direct
Our online, phone and catalogue services, including the 
flower, wine and food ordering business, as well as the 
home catalogue.

Buying in greater depth
Buying more of a particular product or range to meet demand.

Open to buy
Budget we set aside so that we can buy more of a popular
product or buy into new trends during the season.

Core business
Our main UK business - selling clothing, food and home
products.

Earnings per share (EPS)
The profit for the year attributable to shareholders, divided by
the average number of shares in issue.

Opening price point (OPP)
The starting price for our ranges. For example, t-shirts at £5 
or bras at £6.

Our core values
The values which underpin our business: quality, value, service,
innovation and trust.

Fast fashion
Products available in the latest styles, only weeks after they
have been on the catwalk. Developed from sample to sales
floor in only eight weeks.

Plan A
Our new £200m, five-year ‘eco plan’.

Footfall
The number of people who visit our stores.

Full service vendors (FSVs)
A supplier who provides a full design, commercial, sourcing,
manufacturing and shipping service of our products from
source to our distribution centres in the UK. Around 70% of
what we buy is sourced through FSVs.

General merchandise
Our clothing, footwear, home and beauty products
(i.e. all non-food).

Total shareholder return (TSR)
The increase or decrease in value of £100 invested in Marks
and Spencer Group plc on 30 March 2002 compared to £100
invested in the FTSE 100 over the same period.

Value
At M&S, price and quality combined makes ‘value’.

Volume
The number of individual items we sell.

This document is printed on Revive uncoated, a 100%
recycled paper made from post-consumer collected
waste. Revive uncoated is manufactured to the certified
environmental management system ISO 14001.

DDeessiiggnn:: Corporate Edge www.corporateedge.com 
PPrriinntt:: Royle Corporate Print

wwwwww..mmaarrkkssaannddssppeenncceerr..ccoomm//aannnnuuaallrreeppoorrtt22000077

MARKS AND SPENCER GROUP PLC

110011

Index

A
Accounting policies
Audit Committee
Auditors’ remuneration
Auditors’ report
Authorised share capital

Page
55
36
62
51
84

B
B shares
Balance sheet
Board
Bonus
Borrowing facilities
Brands

79, 85
53, 90
27
26, 29, 45, 48
80
9, 56, 75

C
Capital commitments
Capital expenditure
Cash flow statement
Chairman’s foreword
Charitable donations
Chief Executive’s business review
Clothing
Corporate governance statement
Cost of sales
Critical accounting estimates

86
23, 30, 60, 96
54, 91
3
33
6
12
35
61

and judgements

Customers

59
20

D
Deferred tax
Depreciation
Derivatives
Diluted earnings per share
Directors’ emoluments
Directors’ interests
Directors’ responsibilities
Discontinued operation
Dividend cover
Dividend 

55, 57, 63, 84
56, 60, 76
58, 82
65
48, 66, 92
47, 49
32
64
96

per share

3, 29, 31, 66, 92, 96

E
Earnings per share
Environment
Employees
Exceptional items
Executive team

F
Finance costs/income
Finance 

2, 7, 29, 65, 96
22
20, 66, 92
29, 63
4

63, 92

leases
Financial assets
Financial instruments

57, 63, 76, 79, 80, 81, 88
78
57, 81

Page
79
94
28
2, 96
16, 60
89

O
Occupancy costs
Online
Operating assets
Operating leases
Operating liabilities
Operating profit

Page
61
25
60
57, 62, 86
60
2, 28, 52, 60, 90

F
Financial liabilities
Financial record
Financial review
Fixed charge cover
Food
Foreign exchange rates

G
Gearing 
General merchandise
Geographic segments
Glossary
Going concern
Goodwill
Group directors’ report

H
Hedging reserve
Home

I
Income statement
Intangible assets
International Financial 

Reporting Standards

International Retail
Inventories
Investment property

J
Joint venture

K
Key performance indicators
Key performance measures

96
12, 60
60
100
34
56, 75, 85
31

85
13

52, 90
75

55
24, 28, 60
53, 57
77

77, 89

2
96

L
Like-for-like sales growth

28, 29

M
Major shareholders
Margin (gross and net)
Marketplace
Marketshare
Merger reserve
Minority interest
Modernisation programme
M&S Money

32
2, 7, 28, 96
8
6
93
53
22
8, 29, 60

N
Net debt
Nomination Committee
Non-GAAP performance 

measures

30, 54, 88, 96
37

P
Partnership liability
Pensions
Performance
Plan A
Prepaid leasehold premiums
Principal risks and uncertainties
Product
Profitability
Property valuation
Property, plant and equipment
Provisions

30, 81
30, 55, 67
2
10
78
40
12
96
33
76
83

R
Related party transactions
Remuneration Committee
Remuneration report
Reserves
Retained earnings
Return on equity
Revenue
Risk assessment

89, 93
37, 44
44
85, 93
85, 93
96
2, 6, 28, 52, 60
39

S
Segmental information
Service
Share capital
Share issues
Share options
Share-based payments
Shareholders’ equity
Shareholder information
Simply Food
Sourcing & Supply Chain
Statement of recognised 
income and expense

Stores
Subsidiary undertakings

60
20
84
31, 84
46, 49, 71
71
85, 93
98
23
13, 17

52
22, 24, 97
93

T
Taxation
Total shareholder return
Trade and other payables
Trade and other receivables

57, 63, 84
7, 50
78
78

U
UK Retail

59

7, 28, 29, 60

M
a
r
k
s

a
n
d
S
p
e
n
c
e
r

G
r
o
u
p

p
c

l

A
n
n
u
a

l

r
e
p
o
r
t

a
n
d

f
i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

2
0
0
7

www.marksandspencer.com

Annual report 
and financial 
statements 
2007